Catalog - Tennsco

Transcription

Catalog - Tennsco
Mailing Address:
P.O. Box 1888
Dickson, TN 37056-1888
Shipping Address:
201 Tennsco Drive
Dickson, TN 37055
Toll Free Customer Service: (866) 446-8686 • Fax (866) 445-7260
Toll Free Ordering: (866) 864-4796
(615) 446-8000 • (800) 251-8184 • Fax (800) 722-0134
www.tennsco.com • info@tennsco.com
© Tennsco 2014
T1-14
Steel Lockers: Cubby Lockers
Cubby Lockers are designed for your everyday needs. These units can be used for a
broad variety of applications from supply storage, to books, to childrens lockers.
All-steel construction with a durable powdercoat finish, these cubby lockers provide
long term value.
Available Colors
CC-78
(18 Openings)
Cat. No.
CC-66
(15 Openings)
TENNSCO QUICK-SHIP PROGRAM
CC-30
CC-40
CC-52
CC-66
CC-78
ECS-1
NEED AN ORDER FAST? Look for the ♦ logo throughout the book.
LCH-2
No of.
Openings
6
9
12
15
18
W
D
H
Cubby Lockers
34 1/2 13 1/2 30
34 1/2 13 1/2 40
34 1/2 13 1/2 52
34 1/2 13 1/2 66
34 1/2 13 1/2 78
Extra Shelf
10 12 3/4 3/4
Extra Coat Hook
Wt.
List
Price
56
76
97
120
140
$394.00
502.00
635.00
750.00
860.00
1.6
9.80
0.2
3.10
Many of Tennsco's top items are available to ship in 2 days.
Quick Ship inventory is available in limited quantities and select colors. For larger orders, please contact customer service for availability.
CC-52
(12 Openings)
CC-40
(9 Openings)
CC-30
(6 Openings)
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
STEEL LOCKERS 55
Table of Contents
Steel Locker Accessories
Locker Benches are available and feature a clear lacquer finish on 1¼" thick laminated
maple top. Combination and Manual Locking options provide security and are
virtually tamper-proof. Number/Name Plates provide order and a clean finished
look Sloping Tops prevent unwanted clutter and are available in one wide and
three wide units. Choose from Front and Closed Locker Bases that provide a flush,
finished appearance.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
HMLB-36
36
91/2
11/4
HMLB-48
48
91/2
11/4
HMLB-60
60
91/2
11/4
11/4
HMLB-72
72
91/2
HMLB-84
84
91/2
11/4
11/4
HMLB-96
96
91/2
HMLB-108
108
91/2
11/4
HMLB-120
120
91/2
11/4
11/4
HMLB-132
132
91/2
HMLB-144
144
91/2
11/4
LBP-1 ♦
Bench Pedestal (161/4" H)
Please Note
Bookcases
11
Literature Sorters, 30 Drawer Organizers & Card Files
12
Vertical Files
13
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
Lateral Files
14
Overfiles & Lateral File Accessories
15
Imperial Shelving & Doors To Meet HIPAA Compliance
16
Fixed Shelf Filing Units & Lateral File Units
17
Add-A-Stack Shelving
18
ESP Shelving & Regal Shelving
19
- Assembly required.
Locker Bench
10
16
20
20
28
32
36
40
44
48
7
List
Price
$101.00
135.00
166.00
199.00
232.00
271.00
311.00
345.00
388.00
431.00
54.00
Note: Must order bench pedestal separately.
Use three pedestals for benches 108" to 144".
W
4-10
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Sloping Tops
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
Storage Cabinets
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
KST-1212 ♦
KST-1215 ♦
KST-1218 ♦
KST-1518 ♦
KST-1521
KST-1821
KST-2424
Sloping Top - One Wide
12
12
12
15
12
18
15
18
15
21
18
21
24
24
-
3.6
4.3
5
5.5
7.6
7.9
9.1
$44.00
46.00
49.00
52.00
62.00
65.00
110.00
KST-3612 ♦
KST-3615 ♦
KST-3618 ♦
KST-4518 ♦
KST-4521
Sloping Top - Three Wide
36
12
7.7
36
15
9
36
18
10.1
45
18
13.4
45
21
15
61.00
69.00
74.00
83.00
97.00
Z-Line Shelving (Low Profile, Long Span, Record Archive, Stur-D-Stor and Z-Line Components)
20-26
27
Automotive Shelving & Tire Racks
Q-Line Industrial Shelving (Pre-configured Units & Components)
28-31
Q-Line Ledge Units, Door Sets & Foreman’s Desk
32
Tool & Die Rack
33
34-35
Bulk Storage (Uprights & Components)
36
Logic Wire Shelving & Hand Carts
Mobile Workbenches
37-38
Workbenches (Fixed & Adjustable Leg, Electronic & Electronic Modular), Service Carts, Workbench Accessories
39-45
Stur-D-Bench
46
Technical Workstations
47
Steel Lockers (Single, Double, Box Lockers, C-Thru Lockers, Ventilated Lockers, Accessories, Cubbies)
48-55
POLICY AND SERVICES
PRICING: All prices are F.O.B. Tennsco Corp’s Facility in Dickson, Tennessee. All orders are subject to final acceptance at the Home Office, Dickson, Tennessee. Prices subject to change without notice.
Tennsco has the right to make product design changes at any time. Tennsco’s prices do not include sales, use, excise or similar taxes. Consequently, in addition to the prices specified herein, the amount of
any present or future sales, use, excise or similar tax applicable to the manufacture, sale, purchase or use of the goods sold hereunder shall be paid by Buyer. In lieu thereof, Buyer shall provide Seller with
a tax exemption certificate acceptable to the applicable taxing authorities.
Locks
Cat. No.
Description
Wt.
Grooved Key Locks
MAS-1710MK Grooved Key Lock (Dead Bolt) .4
Combination Locks
MAS-1670
MAS-1654
.5
.5
Dead Bolt (Master Keyed)
Spring Bolt (Master Keyed)
Combination Padlocks
MAS-1525
MAS-1502
.5
.5
Combination (Master Keyed)
Combination (No Key)
List
Price
$39.00
47.00
46.00
21.00
14.90
(LNP-A)
(LNP-3)
Number/Name Plates
Cat. No.
LNP-3
LNP-A
W
Plastic
Aluminum
54 STEEL LOCKERS
35/16
27/16
H
Wt.
/16
/4
.1
.1
7
3
List
Price
$2.10
1.50
Locker Bases
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
Front Bases (for use on leg lockers)
FB-12 ♦
12
6
1.2
$6.30
FB-15 ♦
15
6
1.7
7.00
FB-18 ♦
18
6
2
8.40
FB-24
24
6
2.8
14.60
End Bases (for use on leg lockers)
EB-12 ♦
12
6
1.2
10.30
EB-15 ♦
15
6
1.4
10.60
EB-18 ♦
18
6
1.7
10.80
EB-21
21
6
2.4
21.00
EB-24
24
6
2.6
22.00
Closed Locker Bases (for use on no leg lockers)
CLB-1212
12
12
6
7.4
37.00
CLB-1215 ♦
12
15
6
7.3
40.00
CLB-1218 ♦
12
18
6
7.7
41.00
CLB-1518 ♦
15
18
6
8.5
46.00
CLB-1521
15
21
6
11
52.00
3 Wide Locker Bases
CLB-3612
36
12
6
13.1
73.00
CLB-3615
36
15
6
16.3
76.00
CLB-3618 ♦
36
18
6
19.6
74.00
CLB-4512
45
12
6
16.3
81.00
CLB-4515
45
15
6
20.4
85.00
CLB-4518
45
18
6
17
87.00
TERMS OF PAYMENT: Terms are Net 30 Days from date of shipment. A service charge of 1 1/2% per month will be charged for overdue invoices.
MINIMUM ORDERS: Minimum order is $15.00.
SPECIFICATIONS: Tennsco reserves the right to change any product specifications contained in this price list.
FREIGHT CHARGES: All shipments will be made freight collect unless otherwise specified. If freight is prepared, it will be added to the invoice or billed separately, depending on arrangements. On shipments
by parcel post, the postage will be added to the invoice. All routing will be done solely by the Home Office. If purchaser does not accept delivery of merchandise when ready for shipment, storage fees will
be charged to the purchaser.
WEIGHT: Shipping weights shown are approximate.
FREIGHT CLAIMS: Claims for shortages must be made in writing to the Home Office within 15 days from receipt of shipment. Claims for damaged or lost material must be filed with the carrier.
CAUTION: When you give delivering carrier a clear receipt for a shipment in which there is damaged merchandise or a shortage, the carrier is relieved of further responsibility. Claims for damage or shortage
must be filed by you with the delivering carrier. Tennsco will not accept return of merchandise damaged in transit. Your claim is with the delivering carrier.
CANCELLATIONS & RETURNS: Orders for “Special” items are not subject to change or cancellation. No return merchandise will be accepted without written consent of the General Office, Dickson, Tennessee. All returned shipments are subject to a handling charge of 25% plus all transportation charges incurred by Tennsco unless Tennsco is at fault. Once production of “Special” items has begun, cancellation
of order is subject to Tennsco approval. A 15% surcharge will be assessed to approved cancelled items.
LIMITED WARRANTY
Tennsco warrants goods purchased hereunder to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of shipment, hereunder. Tennsco’s warranty shall not apply in
the event goods are damaged as a result of misuse, abuse, neglect, accident, improper application, modification or repair by persons not authorized by Seller, where goods are damaged during shipment.
UNLESS CONSIDERED UNENFORCEABLE OR UNLAWFUL UNDER APPLICABLE LAW:
a. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED.
b. BUYERS REMEDY, IF ANY, FOR ANY DEFECTIVE GOODS SHALL BE LIMITED TO A REFUND BY SELLER OR REPLACEMENT OF THE GOODS AT SELLER’S OPTION AND SHALL IN NO EVENT INCLUDE
DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHERWISE.
NO GOODS ACCEPTED FOR RETURN WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. Seller shall have the right to inspect any goods claimed to be defective at Buyer’s place of business or require Buyer to return the goods to
Seller for inspection on Seller’s premises. Transportation charges covering returned goods will be borne by Seller only if such goods are proven to be defective, are covered by this warranty and are returned
within the warranty period stated above.
Deluxe Storage Cabinets
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Steel Lockers: C-Thru Lockers
Heavy-duty 16 gauge door frame for added durability.
Knuckle hinges provide added strength and security.
Integrated levelers compensate for uneven floors.
Louvered back panel provides cabinet ventilation.
Three point door locking mechanism for added security.
Meets ANSI BIFMA test standards.
Full-width shelf capacity-18” holds 150 lbs. and 24” holds 200 lbs. evenly distributed.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty,
Sand
C-Thru Lockers are the perfect solution for viewing the contents of lockers without violating people's privacy in schools, industrial applications, airports, prisons and more where
concealed belongings need to be scrutinized. Tennsco C-Thru Lockers feature heavy duty
steel construction with visual door panels and vandal-resistant handles for secure storage
of clothing and personal belongings.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Black*, Light
Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/
Putty, Sand
* Not available for RH Cabinets.
C-Thru Lockers
Cat. No.
Storage Cabinet
Wardrobe Cabinet
Cat. No.*
Double Handles
Two brushed chrome handles,
with one that locks both doors,
makes opening and closing of
the doors easy.
Recessed Handle
Optional recessed handle
offers easy access without
handles protruding into
narrow aisle ways.
Caster Kit
Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect
for areas where materials need
to be secured yet accessible at
different locations. Adds 6 11/16”
to cabinet height.
1870 ♦
1870RH ♦
2470 ♦
2470RH ♦
7818 ♦
7818RH
7824 ♦
7824RH
Combination Cabinet
No. of Openings
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
301 ♦
302 ♦
1871 ♦
2471 ♦
7818W ♦
7824W ♦
2
2
2
2
301 ♦
302 ♦
1872 ♦
2472 ♦
7814 ♦
7820 ♦
7
7
7
7
304 ♦
305 ♦
1842‡ ♦
2442‡ ♦
4218DLX‡ ♦
4224DLX‡ ♦
* “RH” suffix indicates recessed handle.
** “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded,
set-up unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit.
‡ Counter top extends ½" past front of unit.
†† Not with use with a recessed handle
National Motor Freight classification:
Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70
301 ♦
302 ♦
CK18 ♦
CK24 ♦
HSP††
4 STORAGE CABINETS
3
3
3
3
W
D
H
Storage Cabinets
36
18
78
36
18
78
36
24
78
36
24
78
36
18
78
36
18
78
36
24
78
36
24
78
Extra Shelves
36
18
¾
36
24
¾
Wardrobe Cabinets
36
18
78
36
24
78
36
18
78
36
24
78
Extra Shelves
36
18
¾
36
24
¾
Combination Cabinets
36
18
78
36
24
78
36
18
78
36
24
78
Extra Shelves
18
18
¾
18
24
¾
Counter Height Cabinet
Type**
Wt.
List Price
KD
KD
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
WSU
WSU
154
154
168
168
157
157
178
175
$504.00
514.00
554.00
564.00
580.00
591.00
636.00
646.00
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
140
155
134
154
449.00
486.00
535.00
576.00
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
152
181
156
178
521.00
573.00
612.00
679.00
4
5.8
14.30
17.00
90
103
90
103
351.00
380.00
447.00
474.00
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
21
23
103.00
107.00
1
6.30
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
Counter Height Cabinets
36
18
42
KD
36
24
42
KD
36
18
42
SU
36
24
42
SU
Extra Shelves
36
18
¾
36
24
¾
Caster Kit for Storage Cabinets
36
18
6 11/16
36
24
6 11/16
Padlock Hasp††
W
D
H
Wt.
Single Tier C-Thru Lockers With Legs
CSL-121272-1
12
12
78
61
CSL-121272-3
36
12
78
156
CSL-121572-1
12
15
78
65
CSL-121572-3
36
15
78
164
CSL-121872-1
12
18
78
69
CSL-121872-3
36
18
78
173
CSL-151872-1
15
18
78
76
CSL-151872-3
45
18
78
196
Single Tier C-Thru Lockers Without Legs
CSL-121572-C
36
15
72
159
CSL-121872-A
12
18
72
67
CSL-121872-C
36
18
72
168
CSL-151872-A
15
18
72
74
CSL-151872-C
45
18
72
191
Double Tier C-Thru Lockers With Legs
CDL-121236-1
12
12
78
59
CDL-121236-3
36
12
78
151
CDL-121536-1
12
15
78
63
CDL-121536-3
36
15
78
159
CDL-121836-1
12
18
78
67
CDL-121836-3
36
18
78
168
CDL-151836-1
15
18
78
74
CDL-151836-3
45
18
78
191
Double Tier C-Thru Lockers Without Legs
CDL-121236-A
12
12
72
57
CDL-121236-C
36
12
72
146
CDL-121536-C
36
15
72
154
CDL-121836-A
12
18
72
65
CDL-121836-C
36
18
72
163
CDL-151836-C
45
18
72
186
6 High Box C-Thru Lockers With Legs
CBL6-121212-1
12
12
78
53
CBL6-121212-3
36
12
78
131
CBL6-121512-1
12
15
78
58
CBL6-121512-3
36
15
78
145
CBL6-121812-1
12
18
78
63
CBL6-121812-3
36
18
78
157
6 High Box C-Thru Lockers Without Legs
CBL6-121212-A
12
12
72
51
CBL6-121212-C
36
12
72
126
CBL6-121512-A
12
15
72
56
CBL6-121512-C
36
15
72
140
CBL6-121812-A
12
18
72
61
CBL6-121812-C
36
18
72
152
List
Price
$462.00
1,119.00
476.00
1,148.00
488.00
1,181.00
543.00
1,344.00
1,126.00
487.00
1,164.00
521.00
1,305.00
498.00
1,366.00
553.00
1,393.00
560.00
1,361.00
590.00
1,502.00
543.00
1,369.00
1,274.00
544.00
1,387.00
1,487.00
413.00
1,125.00
432.00
1,134.00
445.00
1,171.00
406.00
1,065.00
425.00
1,115.00
438.00
1,144.00
Note: All C-Thru lockers are available without legs. Call Tennsco for pricing.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
STEEL LOCKERS 53
Steel Lockers: Ventilated Steel Lockers
Ventilated Steel Lockers feature three-sided locker ventilation, which offers continuous
airflow to help prevent odor causing bacteria. The specially designed diamond-shaped
ventilation slots allow clear visibility to locker interior making it easy to identify
contents. Ventilated Lockers also offer all welded construction, smooth operating
latching mechanism and are available with and without legs.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
Standard Storage Cabinets
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Reinforced doors provide strength & durability.
Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.
Heavy duty leaf hinges assure doors stay aligned.
Raised base keeps materials out of harm’s way.
Three point locking mechanism for maximum security.
Meets ANSI BIFMA test standards.
Full-width shelf capacity-18” holds 150 lbs. and 24” holds 200 lbs. evenly distributed.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty,
Sand
QuickShip Colors: Black*, Light
Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/
Putty, Sand
* Not available for RH Cabinets.
Storage Cabinet
Standard Handle
Polished chrome handle with
lock activates the cabinet’s
three-point locking system.
Ventilated Steel Lockers
- No assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
Single Tier Ventilated Lockers With Legs
VSL-121872-1 ♦
12
18
78
88 $496.00
VSL-121872-3 ♦
36
18
78
219 1,156.00
VSL-151872-1
15
18
78
93
526.00
VSL-151872-3
45
18
78
233 1,265.00
VSL-181872-1
18
18
78
98
602.00
VSL-181872-2
36
18
78
245 1,073.00
Single Tier Ventilated Lockers Without Legs
VSL-121872-A
12
18
72
86
485.00
VSL-121872-C
36
18
72
214 1,131.00
VSL-151872-A
15
18
72
91
515.00
VSL-151872-C
45
18
72
228 1,240.00
VSL-181872-A
18
18
72
96
596.00
VSL-181872-B
36
18
72
241 1,067.00
Double Tier Ventilated Lockers With Legs
VDL-121836-1 ♦
12
18
78
88
524.00
VDL-121836-3 ♦
36
18
78
223 1,256.00
VDL-151836-1
15
18
78
93
594.00
VDL-151836-3
45
18
78
233 1,406.00
Double Tier Ventilated Lockers Without Legs
VDL-121836-A ♦
12
18
72
84
520.00
VDL-121836-C
36
18
72
209 1,234.00
VDL-151836-A
15
18
72
88
587.00
VDL-151836-C
45
18
72
223 1,389.00
6-High Box Ventilated Lockers With Legs
VBL6-1218-1 ♦
12
18
78
104
606.00
VBL6-1218-3 ♦
36
18
78
274 1,448.00
6-High Box Ventilated Lockers Without Legs
VBL6-1218-A
12
18
78
102
595.00
VBL6-1218-C
36
18
78
269 1,423.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
Locker Accessories are located on page 54.
52 STEEL LOCKERS
Recessed Handle
Optional recessed handle
for Standard Storage Cabinets
offers easy access without
obstructions protruding into
narrow aisle ways.
Caster Kit
Combination Cabinet
Wardrobe Cabinet
Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect
for areas where materials need
to be secured yet accessible at
different locations. Adds 6 11/16"
to cabinet height.
Cat. No.* Openings W D
1470 ♦
1470RH ♦
1480 ♦
1480RH ♦
7218 ♦
7218RH
7224 ♦
7224RH
301 ♦
302 ♦
1471 ♦
7114 ♦
301 ♦
1472 ♦
1482
7214 ♦
7220 ♦
304 ♦
305 ♦
1442 ‡ ♦
4218 ♦
H
Type**
Wt. List Price
Storage Cabinets
36 18 72 KD
122 $389.00
36 18 72 KD
122 416.00
36 24 72 KD
139 463.00
36 24 72 KD
139 486.00
36 18 72 WSU 126 441.00
36 18 72 WSU 126 461.00
36 24 72 WSU 143 510.00
36 24 72 WSU 143 530.00
Extra Shelves
36 18 ¾
8.2
23.00
36 24 ¾
10.5
31.00
Wardrobe Cabinets
2 36 18 72 KD
100 358.00
2 36 18 72 WSU 107 416.00
Extra Shelves
36 18 ¾
8.2
23.00
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Combination Cabinets
7 36 18 72 KD
123
7 36 24 72 KD
149
7 36 18 72 WSU 125
7 36 24 72 WSU 143
Extra Shelves
18 18 ¾
4
18 24 ¾
5.8
Counter Height Cabinets
3 36 18 42 KD
74
3 36 18 42 WSU 79
Extra Shelves
36 18 ¾
8.2
14.30
17.00
272.00
331.00
301 ♦
** “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU”
indicates welded, set-up unit; “SU” indicates
preassembled unit.
Desk Height Cabinets
1430 ‡ ♦
2 36 18 30 KD
51
230.00
3018 ‡ ♦
2 36 18 30 WSU 58
297.00
Extra Shelves
301 ♦
36 18 ¾
8.2
23.00
Caster Kit for Storage Cabinets
CK18 ♦
36 18 6 11/16
21
103.00
CK24 ♦
36 24 6 11/16
23
107.00
National Motor Freight classification:
Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70
Counter Height Cabinet
416.00
466.00
470.00
566.00
* “RH” suffix indicates recessed handle.
‡ Countertop extends ½" past front of unit.
Desk Height Cabinet
23.00
STORAGE CABINETS 5
Steel Lockers: 16-Person, 15-Person
& Wall Mounted Lockers
Jumbo Storage Cabinets
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
48” wide cabinet provides 33% more storage space.
Industrial box formed shelves have a 400 lb. load capacity.
Integrated levelers compensate for uneven floors.
Three point door locking mechanism for maximum security.
Reinforced doors provide strength and durability.
Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.
Heavy duty leaf hinges assure doors stay aligned.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty,
Sand
Box Lockers are ideal for securely storing smaller items like purses, lunches, books and
athletic gear. The efficient five and six tier configurations give schools, clubs, and
hospitals the necessary storage capabilities without taking up valuable floor space.
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light
Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/
Putty, Sand
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
16-Person
Locker With Legs
Storage Cabinet
3-Person
Wall Mounted
Double Handles
Two brushed chrome handles,
with one that locks both doors,
makes opening and closing of
the doors easy.
Storage Cabinet
with Sliding Door
Caster Kit
Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect
for areas where materials need
to be secured yet accessible at
different locations. Adds 6 11/16”
to cabinet height.
Cat. No. Openings W D
Wardrobe Cabinet
Sliding Door adds 3 ½" to cabinet depth.
Combination Cabinet
*
“KD” indicates unassembled unit;
“SU” indicates preassembled unit.
National Motor Freight classification:
Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70
H
Type*
4-Person
Wall Mounted
Wt. List Price
Jumbo Storage Cabinets
J1842A
3 48 18 42 KD 113
$480.00
J1878A-N ♦ 5 48 18 78 KD 180
635.00
J2478A-N ♦ 5 48 24 78 KD 208
687.00
J1830SU
2 48 18 30 SU 103
507.00
J1842SU ♦ 3 48 18 42 SU 121
569.00
J1878SU ♦ 5 48 18 78 SU 203
796.00
J2478SU ♦ 5 48 24 78 SU 233
853.00
Jumbo Storage Cabinets with Sliding Door
JSD1878SU ♦ 5 48 211/4 78 SU 228 $1,058.00
JSD2478SU ♦ 5 48 271/4 78 SU 258 $1,175.00
Extra Shelves
306 ♦
48 18 15/16
10.6
36.00
307 ♦
48 24 15/16
14
41.00
Jumbo Wardrobe Cabinets
J1878A-N-W ♦ 2 48 18 78 KD 173
563.00
J2478A-N-W ♦ 2 48 24 78 KD 199
741.00
761.00
J1878SUW ♦ 2 48 18 78 SU 191
J2478SUW ♦ 2 48 24 78 SU 217
782.00
Extra Shelves
306 ♦
48 18 15/16
10.6
36.00
307 ♦
48 24 15/16
14
41.00
Jumbo Combination Cabinets
J1878C-N 7 48 18 78 KD 193
626.00
J2478C-N 7 48 24 78 KD 213
692.00
Extra Shelves
JPS18 ♦
24 18 15/16
3.9
24.00
JPS24 ♦
24 24 15/16
5.2
28.00
Caster Kit for 24" Deep Jumbo Cabinets
CK-4824 ♦
48 24 611/16
24
123.00
Pad Lock Hasp
1.0
6.30
HSP
3, 4, 15 & 16-Person Box Lockers
Assembled/Unassembled
Assembled*
Assembled*
Assembled*
Assembled*
Unassembled
Assembled*
Unassembled
Cat. No.
Opening
Overall Unit
W D H
W D H
3-Person Wall Mounted Box Lockers
BS1-121812-3 ♦
3
12 18 12 36 18 12
4-Person Wall Mounted Box Lockers
BS1-121812-4 ♦
4
12 18 12 48 18 12
15-Person Box Lockers With Legs
SRS-601878-1 ♦
15
12 18 12 60 18 78
16-Person Box Lockers With Legs
SRS-721878-1 ♦
16
12 18 12 72 18 78
SRK-721878-1 ♦
16
12 18 12 72 18 78
16-Person Box Lockers Without Legs
SRS-721872-A ♦
16
12 18 12 72 18 72
SRK-721872-A
16
12 18 12 72 18 72
* Center section and coat rod to be attached in field.
6 STORAGE CABINETS
Openings
Wt.
List Price
43
$398.00
55
425.00
182
1,200.00
190
187
1,252.00
938.00
184
181
1,238.00
944.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up
Locker Accessories are located on page 54.
STEEL LOCKERS 51
C-Thru Storage Cabinets
Steel Lockers: Box Lockers
Box Lockers are ideal for securely storing smaller items like purses, lunches, books and
athletic gear. The efficient five and six tier configurations give schools, clubs, and
hospitals the necessary storage capabilities without taking up valuable floor space.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
•
•
•
•
Clear acrylic door panels offer visibility to stored contents.
Three point locking mechanism for maximum security.
Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.
Raised base keeps materials out of harm’s way.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light
Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/
Putty and Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
Combination Cabinet
Cat. No.
ASSEMBLED
Unit
Wt.
Unit
Price
BS5-121212-1
BS5-121212-3
BS5-121512-1 ♦
BS5-121512-3 ♦
BS5-121812-1 ♦
BS5-121812-3 ♦
BS5-151512-1
BS5-151512-3
BS5-151812-1
BS5-151812-3
52
131
56
141
61
152
64
161
67
167
$359.00
709.00
378.00
792.00
390.00
830.00
423.00
926.00
437.00
975.00
BS5-121212-A
BS5-121212-C
BS5-121512-A
BS5-121512-C
BS5-121812-A
BS5-121812-C
BS5-151512-A
BS5-151512-C
BS5-151812-A
BS5-151812-C
50
126
54
136
59
147
62
156
65
162
351.00
723.00
367.00
741.00
371.00
792.00
444.00
913.00
429.00
947.00
BS6-121212-1 ♦
BS6-121212-3 ♦
BS6-121512-1 ♦
BS6-121512-3 ♦
BS6-121812-1 ♦
BS6-121812-3 ♦
BS6-151512-1
BS6-151512-3
BS6-151812-1
BS6-151812-3
61
154
66
167
71
180
76
190
79
198
396.00
922.00
415.00
1,010.00
425.00
1,071.00
466.00
1,174.00
481.00
1,207.00
BS6-121212-A ♦
BS6-121212-C ♦
BS6-121512-A
BS6-121512-C
BS6-121812-A ♦
BS6-121812-C ♦
BS6-151512-A
BS6-151512-C
BS6-151812-A
BS6-151812-C
59
149
64
161
69
175
74
185
79
198
385.00
874.00
403.00
975.00
399.00
1,053.00
466.00
1,143.00
478.00
1,181.00
Cat. No.
UNASSEMBLED
Unit
Unit
Wt.
Price
5 Tier High With Legs
BK5-121212-1
51
$288.00
BK5-121212-3
129
675.00
BK5-121512-1 ♦
55
302.00
BK5-121512-3 ♦ 138
704.00
BK5-121812-1 ♦
60
308.00
BK5-121812-3 ♦ 149
728.00
BK5-151512-1
63
341.00
BK5-151512-3
159
821.00
BK5-151812-1
65
344.00
BK5-151812-3
164
844.00
5 Tier High Without Legs
BK5-121212-A
49
281.00
BK5-121212-C
124
673.00
BK5-121512-A
53
295.00
BK5-121512-C
134
696.00
BK5-121812-A
58
305.00
BK5-121812-C
144
719.00
BK5-151512-A
61
337.00
BK5-151512-C
154
811.00
BK5-151812-A
63
339.00
BK5-151812-C
159
832.00
6 Tier High With Legs
BK6-121212-1 ♦
60
307.00
BK6-121212-3 ♦ 151
764.00
BK6-121512-1 ♦
65
321.00
BK6-121512-3 ♦ 164
796.00
BK6-121812-1 ♦
70
338.00
BK6-121812-3 ♦ 177
825.00
BK6-151512-1
75
361.00
BK6-151512-3
187
931.00
BK6-151812-1
78
375.00
BK6-151812-3
194
952.00
6 Tier High Without Legs
BK6-121212-A
58
301.00
BK6-121212-C
146
756.00
BK6-121512-A
63
316.00
BK6-121512-C
158
785.00
BK6-121812-A
67
332.00
BK6-121812-C
172
815.00
BK6-151512-A
73
360.00
BK6-151512-C
182
920.00
BK6-151812-A
78
371.00
BK6-151812-C
194
941.00
Openings
Opening
W D H
Overall Unit
W D H
5
15
5
15
5
15
5
15
5
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
5
15
5
15
5
15
5
15
5
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
6
18
6
18
6
18
6
18
6
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
6
18
6
18
6
18
6
18
6
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
Cat. No.
CVD1470
CVD1480
CVD7218
CVD7224
CVD1870
CVD2470
CVD7818
CVD7824
Wardrobe Cabinet
Grade
No. of Openings
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
301 ♦
302 ♦
Storage Cabinet
CVD1471
CVD7114
CVD1871
CVD2471
CVD7818W
CVD7824W
Standard
Standard
Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
301 ♦
302 ♦
CVD1472
CVD7214
CVD7220
CVD1872
CVD2472
CVD7814
CVD7820
*
“KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU”
indicates welded, set-up unit.
‡
Counter top extends ½" past front of unit.
National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class
125, KD Class 70
Standard
Standard
Standard
Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
304 ♦
305 ♦
CVD1442
CVD4218
CVD1842‡
CVD2442‡
301 ♦
302 ♦
Standard
Standard
Deluxe
Deluxe
2
2
2
2
2
2
W
D
Storage Cabinets
36
18
36
24
36
18
36
24
36
18
36
24
36
18
36
24
Extra Shelves
36
18
36
24
Counter Height Cabinet
H
Type*
Wt.
List Price
72
72
72
72
78
78
78
78
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
113
136
136
153
154
183
162
194
$501.00
571.00
546.00
615.00
624.00
674.00
701.00
756.00
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
99
111
140
155
140
164
463.00
521.00
569.00
606.00
655.00
696.00
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
112
132
155
152
181
160
192
520.00
575.00
671.00
641.00
693.00
732.00
799.00
4
5.8
14.30
17.00
69
82
90
103
352.00
411.00
431.00
460.00
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
¾
¾
Wardrobe Cabinets
36
18
72
36
18
72
36
18
78
36
24
78
36
18
78
36
24
78
Extra Shelves
36
18
¾
36
24
¾
Combination Cabinets
7
36
18
72
7
36
18
72
7
36
24
72
7
36
18
78
7
36
24
78
7
36
18
78
7
36
24
78
Extra Shelves
18
18
¾
18
24
¾
Counter Height Cabinets
3
36
18
42
3
36
24
42
3
36
18
42
3
36
24
42
Extra Shelves
36
18
¾
36
24
¾
KD
WSU
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
KD
WSU
WSU
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
KD
WSU
KD
KD
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up
Locker Accessories are located on page 54.
50 STEEL LOCKERS
STORAGE CABINETS 7
Steel Lockers: Double Tier
Specialty Cabinets
Specialty Cabinets combine alternative storage elements together to create unique cabinets
to fit your ever changing needs You will enjoy all of the standard features of our cabinets
including adjustable shelves, reinforced doors, recessed handles, raised bases, and threepoint locking.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Double Tiered lockers feature two openings per locker, giving you twice as many lockers
in the same space, yet providing plenty of hanging room for shirts and jackets. Perfect
for the gym or health club.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Cat. No.
Bookcase/Storage Cabinet
BCD18-72
Cat. No.
BCD18-72 ♦
DWR-4218* ♦
DWR-6618* ♦
DWR-7218-2
301 ♦
302 ♦
Storage Cabinet
w/ Lateral Drawer
DWR-6618
No. of Openings
W
H
Wt.
Welded Combination Bookcase/Storage Cabinet
5
36
18
72
122
Welded Storage Cabinets with Lateral Drawer(s)
2
36
18
42
94
4
36
18
66
135
3
36
18
72
150
Extra Shelves
3
36
18
/4
8.2
3
36
24
/4
10.5
Cat. No.
No. of W D
H
Wt. List Price
Openings
Welded 60" High Storage Cabinets
6018DH
5
36 18 60 107
$456.00
6024DH
5
36 24 60 126
505.00
301 ♦
302 ♦
D
Storage Cabinet w/ Lateral Drawer
DWR-4218
Extra Shelves
36 18 3/4
36 24 3/4
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
* Lateral drawers ship standard with file rods for
side-to-side filing applications.
For front-to-back filing, drawers will accommodate
two rows of letter-sized files only. This requires
one pair of 15CRs (see pg. 15) per drawer sold separately.
National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70
List Price
$471.00
542.00
649.00
1,015.00
23.00
31.00
Cat. No.
No. of W D
H
Wt. List Price
Openings
Welded 66" High Storage Cabinets
6618DH
5
36 18 66 120
$484.00
6624DH
5
36 24 66 136
549.00
301 ♦
302 ♦
6620DH
304 ♦
305 ♦
60" High Storage Cabinet
Extra Shelves
36 18 3/4
36 24 3/4
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
Welded Combination Cabinet
6
36 24 66 135
568.00
Extra Shelves
18 18 3/4
18 24 3/4
4.0
5.8
14.30
17.00
66" High Storage Cabinet
Caster Kit
Add mobility
to cabinets.
Perfect for areas
where materials
need to be
secured yet
accessible at
different
locations. Adds
6 11/16" to
cabinet height
(Page 4).
Caster Kit is not available for DWR units.
ASSEMBLED
Unit
Wt.
Unit
Price
DTS-121230-1
DTS-121230-3
DTS-121530-1
DTS-121530-3
DTS-121830-1
DTS-121830-3
DTS-151530-1
DTS-151530-3
DTS-151830-1
DTS-151830-3
DTS-121236-1 ♦
DTS-121236-3 ♦
DTS-121536-1 ♦
DTS-121536-3 ♦
DTS-121836-1 ♦
DTS-121836-3 ♦
DTS-151536-1
DTS-151536-3
DTS-151836-1 ♦
DTS-151836-3 ♦
54
134
59
148
64
160
64
160
69
173
63
156
66
164
70
175
75
187
77
196
DTS-121230-A
DTS-121230-C
DTS-121530-A
DTS-121530-C
DTS-121830-A
DTS-121830-C
DTS-151530-A
DTS-151530-C
DTS-151830-A
DTS-151830-C
DTS-121236-A
DTS-121236-C ♦
DTS-121536-A
DTS-121536-C ♦
DTS-121836-A ♦
DTS-121836-C ♦
DTS-151536-A
DTS-151536-C
DTS-151836-A
DTS-151836-C
48
120
52
130
57
145
62
155
67
167
60
153
63
160
68
171
73
183
77
193
Cat. No.
UNASSEMBLED
Unit
Price
Openings
$369.00
907.00
380.00
928.00
388.00
952.00
410.00
1,011.00
414.00
1,035.00
388.00
910.00
401.00
935.00
407.00
955.00
430.00
1,058.00
439.00
1,074.00
Unit
Wt.
With Legs
DTK-121230-1
53
DTK-121230-3
132
DTK-121530-1
58
DTK-121530-3
145
DTK-121830-1
63
DTK-121830-3
157
DTK-151530-1
63
DTK-151530-3
157
DTK-151830-1
68
DTK-151830-3
169
DTK-121236-1 ♦
61
DTK-121236-3 ♦ 153
DTK-121536-1 ♦
65
DTK-121536-3 ♦ 161
DTK-121836-1 ♦
69
DTK-121836-3 ♦ 172
DTK-151536-1
74
DTK-151536-3
184
DTK-151836-1 ♦
75
DTK-151836-3 ♦ 193
Opening
W D H
Overall Unit
W D H
$317.00
746.00
328.00
768.00
330.00
825.00
345.00
857.00
345.00
873.00
312.00
777.00
322.00
805.00
335.00
821.00
343.00
897.00
353.00
874.00
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
355.00
854.00
367.00
892.00
374.00
934.00
394.00
969.00
401.00
1,008.00
372.00
908.00
385.00
918.00
388.00
924.00
417.00
1,033.00
430.00
1,041.00
Without Legs
DTK-121230-A
47
DTK-121230-C
118
DTK-121530-A
51
DTK-121530-C
128
DTK-121830-A
56
DTK-121830-C
142
DTK-151530-A
61
DTK-151530-C
152
DTK-151830-A
66
DTK-151830-C
164
DTK-121236-A
59
DTK-121236-C
150
DTK-121536-A
62
DTK-121536-C
158
DTK-121836-A
66
DTK-121836-C
168
DTK-151536-A
72
DTK-151536-C
180
DTK-151836-A
76
DTK-151836-C
189
312.00
742.00
324.00
761.00
329.00
819.00
325.00
843.00
344.00
826.00
308.00
764.00
320.00
797.00
333.00
814.00
338.00
849.00
350.00
885.00
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up
Locker Accessories are located on page 54.
8 STORAGE CABINETS
STEEL LOCKERS 49
Specialty Cabinets
Steel Lockers: Single Tier
Single Tier lockers are roomy enough for just about any secured storage application.
Tennsco’s Single Tier lockers are the most popular general purpose locker in factories,
schools, hospitals, and other locations where coats and clothing are stored.
Specialty Cabinets combine alternative storage elements together to create unique cabinets
to fit your ever changing needs You will enjoy all of the standard features of our cabinets
including adjustable shelves, reinforced doors, recessed handles, raised bases, and threepoint locking.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
Welded 78" High Storage Cabinet with Bin Boxes
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty,
Sand
78" High Storage Cabinet
with Bin Boxes
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
ASSEMBLED
Unit
Wt.
Unit
Price
STS-121260-1
52
$338.00
STS-121560-1
STS-121560-3
STS-121860-1
STS-121860-3
STS-151560-1
STS-151560-3
STS-151860-1
STS-151860-3
STS-121272-1
STS-121272-3
STS-121572-1 ♦
STS-121572-3 ♦
STS-121872-1 ♦
STS-121872-3 ♦
STS-151572-1 ♦
STS-151572-3 ♦
STS-151872-1 ♦
STS-151872-3 ♦
STS-182172-1
STS-182172-2
55
140
59
150
55
140
60
150
61
156
65
164
69
173
70
179
76
196
92
161
351.00
803.00
363.00
861.00
351.00
803.00
378.00
910.00
359.00
831.00
373.00
844.00
384.00
879.00
409.00
974.00
414.00
970.00
488.00
909.00
STS-242472-1
113
574.00
STS-121260-A
50
325.00
STS-121560-A
STS-121560-C
STS-121860-A
STS-121860-C
STS-151560-A
STS-151560-C
STS-151860-A
STS-151860-C
STS-121272-A
STS-121272-C
STS-121572-A
STS-121572-C
STS-121872-A ♦
STS-121872-C ♦
STS-151572-A
STS-151572-C
STS-151872-A
STS-151872-C
STS-182172-A
STS-182172-B
53
135
57
145
53
135
55
145
59
147
64
159
68
169
73
182
76
191
86
151
338.00
779.00
350.00
832.00
354.00
821.00
367.00
881.00
344.00
802.00
358.00
823.00
367.00
846.00
398.00
961.00
398.00
949.00
475.00
834.00
STS-242472-A
107
542.00
Cat. No.
UNASSEMBLED
Unit
Wt.
With Legs
STK-121260-1 ♦
51
STK-121260-3 ♦ 130
STK-121560-1 ♦
54
STK-121560-3 ♦ 137
STK-121860-1 ♦
58
STK-121860-3 ♦ 147
Unit
Price
Openings
$291.00
665.00
307.00
701.00
316.00
738.00
STK-121272-1 ♦
STK-121272-3 ♦
STK-121572-1 ♦
STK-121572-3 ♦
STK-121872-1 ♦
STK-121872-3 ♦
STK-151572-1
STK-151572-3
STK-151872-1 ♦
STK-151872-3 ♦
STK-182172-1
60
153
63
161
68
170
69
176
74
192
90
287.00
701.00
297.00
726.00
311.00
746.00
329.00
823.00
329.00
823.00
461.00
STK-182172-3
277
971.00
Without Legs
STK-121260-A
49
STK-121260-C
125
STK-121560-A
52
STK-121560-C
133
STK-121860-A
56
STK-121860-C
142
STK-151560-A
52
294.00
654.00
303.00
699.00
314.00
732.00
316.00
STK-151860-A
STK-151860-C
STK-121272-A
STK-121272-C
STK-121572-A
STK-121572-C
STK-121872-A
STK-121872-C
54
142
58
145
62
156
66
166
324.00
761.00
284.00
691.00
294.00
717.00
304.00
736.00
STK-151872-A
STK-151872-C
STK-182172-A
75
187
84
326.00
822.00
454.00
STK-182172-C
272
963.00
Opening
W D H
Overall Unit
W D H
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
2
3
1
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
24
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
21
21
21
24
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
18
36
54
24
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
21
21
21
24
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
2
3
1
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
24
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
21
21
21
24
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
18
36
54
24
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
21
21
21
24
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
Bin Rails W D
H
Wt. List Price
Included
Cabinet with Solid Doors
8
36 18 78 216
$885.00
7818BC
7824BC
8
36 24 78 240
917.00
CBR-36
Additional Bin Rails
36 1/2 11/2 2.0
72" High Laptop
Charging Station
10.00
Welded Laptop Charging Stations
Cat. No.
No. of W D
H
Wt.
List Price
Openings
42"H Cabinet with 16 Charging Stations
17 36 24 42
97
$988.00
4224-CMP
4224-CMPM (mobile) 17 36 24 483/4
118
1,082.00
72"H Cabinet with 32 Charging Stations
33 36 24 72
282
1,852.00
7224-CMP
303
1,946.00
7224-CMPM (mobile) 33 36 24 783/4
72" High Perforated
Storage Cabinet
Welded Cabinet with Perforated Doors
Cat. No.
No. of W D
H
Wt. List Price
Openings
Standard Cabinets with Perforated Doors
5
36 18 72 125 $461.00
7218-PD
7224-PD
5
36 24 72 142
530.00
Janitorial
Cabinet
Jumbo Cabinets with Perforated Doors
J1878SU-PD 5
48 18 78 201
817.00
J2478SU-PD 5
48 24 78 231
874.00
Welded 64" High Janitorial Cabinet
Cat. No.
No. of W
Openings
36
JAN6618DH 4
D
H
Wt.
List Price
18
64
99
$475.00
Welded Military Cabinet
Cat. No.
No. of W D
H
Wt. List Price
Openings
Military Cabinet With Standard Handle
TA-50
2
42 24 78 290 $1,128.00
Military
Cabinet
Military Cabinet With Heavy-Duty Handle
TA-50HH
2
42 24 78 295 1,257.00
TA-50ES
Extra Shelves
42 24
20
88.00
Welded Single Door Cabinet
Cat. No.
1824
309
No. of W D
H
Wt.
Openings
Single Door Cabinet
2
19 24 30 53
Extra Shelves
19 24 3/4
5.9
Single Door
Cabinet
List Price
$299.00
23.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up
Locker Accessories are located on page 54.
48 STEEL LOCKERS
SPECIALTY CABINETS 9
Technical Workstations
Open Style Cabinets
•
•
•
•
•
Open style allows for storage in tight spaces where opening doors is a problem.
Clear visibility and fast access to products.
Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.
Shelves adjust vertically in 2” increments to accommodate for a variety of items.
Raised base keeps materials safe from mops and damaging cleaners.
Storage Cabinet
Wardrobe Cabinet
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light
Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/
Putty and Sand
No. of W D
H
Wt. List Price
Openings
Open Style Storage Cabinets
OS7218
5
36 18 72 107
$356.00
OS7224
5
36 24 72 124
412.00
JO1878SU 5
48 18 78 167
545.00
JO2478SU 5
48 24 78 197
595.00
301 ♦
302 ♦
306 ♦
307 ♦
Extra Shelves
36 18 3/4
36 24 3/4
48 18 15/16
48 24 15/16
8.2
10.5
10.6
14.0
Extra Shelves
36 18 3/4
36 24 3/4
48 18 15/16
48 24 15/16
Extra Shelves
18 18 3/4
18 24 3/4
24 18 15/16
24 24 15/16
Instrument Shelf
8.2
10.5
10.6
14.0
4.0
5.8
3.9
5.2
23.00
31.00
36.00
41.00
14.30
17.00
24.00
28.00
Open Style Counter Height Cabinets
OS4218
3
36 18 42 66
251.00
OS4224
3
36 24 42 85
294.00
JO1842SU 3
48 18 42 108
391.00
JO2442SU 3
48 24 42 118
416.00
301 ♦
302 ♦
306 ♦
307 ♦
Extra Shelves
36 18 3/4
36 24 3/4
48 18 15/16
48 24 15/16
CK18
CK24
CK4824
Caster Kits
36 18 6 11/16 21
36 24 6 11/16 23
48 24 6 11/16 24
8.2
10.5
10.6
14.0
Cat. No.
23.00
31.00
36.00
41.00
Open Style Combination Cabinets
OS7214
7
36 18 72 107
386.00
OS7220
7
36 24 72 124
437.00
JO1878SUC 7
48 18 78 167
584.00
JO2478SUC 7
48 24 78 197
645.00
304 ♦
305 ♦
JPS18
JPS24
W
Technical Workstations with Power Rail & Fixed Legs
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
Standard Work Surface with Power Rail
30
30
124
TW-603030-NE ♦ 60
TW-603034-NE ♦ 60
30
34
127
36
30
130
TW-603630-NE ♦ 60
36
34
134
TW-603634-NE ♦ 60
TW-723030-NE ♦ 72
30
30
137
TW-723034-NE ♦ 72
30
34
140
36
30
157
TW-723630-NE ♦ 72
TW-723634-NE ♦ 72
36
34
161
List
Price
$959.00
966.00
1,054.00
1,061.00
1,029.00
1,036.00
1,130.00
1,137.00
Static Control Work Surface with Power Rail
30
30
124
1,202.00
TW-603030-SE ♦ 60
TW-603034-SE ♦ 60
30
34
127
1,209.00
36
30
130
1,226.00
TW-603630-SE ♦ 60
TW-603634-SE ♦ 60
36
34
134
1,233.00
30
30
137
1,263.00
TW-723030-SE ♦ 72
30
34
140
1,270.00
TW-723034-SE ♦ 72
TW-723630-SE ♦ 72
36
30
157
1,363.00
TW-723634-SE ♦ 72
36
34
161
1,370.00
23.00
31.00
36.00
41.00
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
TWI-60-N ♦
TWI-72-N ♦
60
72
Standard Work Surface
15
18
61
15
18
69
$454.00
517.00
TWI-60-S ♦
TWI-72-S ♦
Static Control Work Surface
60
15
18
61
72
15
18
69
562.00
620.00
Shown with optional instrument shelf.
Standard Work Surface with Power Rail
TWI-60-NE ♦
60
15
18
64
15
18
74
TWI-72-NE ♦
72
644.00
716.00
Static Control Work Surface with Power Rail
TWI-60-SE ♦
60
15
18
64
752.00
TWI-72-SE ♦
72
15
18
74
819.00
Hanging Drawer Units
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
PED-10-30
PED-20-30 ♦
PED-30-30 ♦
Fits 30" Deep Technical Workstation
15
24
9
39
15
24
203/4
66
15
24
203/4
76
$362.00
526.00
614.00
PED-10-36
PED-20-36 ♦
PED-30-36 ♦
Fits 36" Deep Technical Workstation
15
24
9
39
15
24
203/4
66
15
24
203/4
76
366.00
530.00
618.00
103.00
107.00
123.00
National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 85
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
10 OPEN STYLE CABINETS
QuickShip Color: Sand
- Assembly required.
Open Style Wardrobe Cabinets
OS7114
2
36 18 72 82
326.00
OS7124
2
36 24 72 119
364.00
JO1878SUW 2
48 18 78 155
527.00
JO2478SUW 2
48 24 78 181
569.00
Counter Height
Cabinet
Please Note
Standard Colors: Sand,
Accent Blue
Cat. No.
301 ♦
302 ♦
306 ♦
307 ♦
Combination Cabinet
Technical Workstations are easily configured to meet any technical application. Heavy
duty work surfaces and optional static-control surfaces are designed to handle the
toughest assignments. Power Rails provide convenient desktop access to power
receptacles. The optional Instrument Shelf is designed to provide more work space
while complementing the design and function of the Technical Workstation.
Additional Hanging Drawer Units allow for convenient storage of small items.
PED-10-XX
(1 Drawer)
PED-20-XX
(2 Drawer)
PED-30-XX
(3 Drawer)
TECHNICAL WORKSTATIONS 47
Stur-D-Bench
Bookcases
Stur-D-Bench Workbenches keep tools and supplies within easy reach for added
convenience and productivity. Assemble easily with unique interlocking keyhole
slot design.
Please Note
Standard Color: Accent Blue
QuickShip Color: Accent Blue
Tennsco offers three styles of bookcases depending on your needs.
Welded Bookcases – Cool, contemporary look. No exposed bolts offer a smooth
front case design.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Bookcases and Case Style Files – Ultimate in flexibility and value. Shipped
unassembled, they handle files, books—you name it!
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey*, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Welded Executive Bookcases – Refined, polished look. Sliding tempered safety glass
doors protect materials from dust, while a safety lock prevents unauthorized access.
Welded Bookcases
Cat. No.
Optional adjustable book
stops support materials
when shelves are
partially filled.
Smooth clean lines and
adjustable shelves make this
bookcase an office favorite.
* Mobile units
available. Call
factory for pricing.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 85
Bookcases & Case Style Files
Stur-D-Bench with Half-Width Drawer*
Stur-D-Bench with Full-Width Drawer*
- Assembly required.
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
ZWB-6024-HD ♦ 60
ZWB-6030-HD ♦ 60
ZHD24
ZHD30
30
30
D
24
30
H
66
66
Additional Drawers
24
23/4
30
23/4
Wt.
166
179
List
Price
$488.00
505.00
33
35
176.00
181.00
Cat. No.
ZWB-6024-FD ♦ 60
ZWB-6030-FD ♦ 60
ZFD24
ZFD30
60
60
D
24
30
H
66
66
Additional Drawers
24
23/4
30
23/4
Wt.
188
205
List
Price
$470.00
490.00
53
54
203.00
207.00
Bookcases come standard
with one adjustable divider
per shelf.
Growing business? These
bookcases expand by simply
removing an end panel and
attaching another unit.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
Executive Bookcases
Sleek radius edges and
lockable glass doors offer
good looks and security.
B-3000 ♦
B-3001
B-4200 ♦
B-4201
B-6000 ♦
B-6001
B-8400 ♦
B-8401 ♦
No. of Openings
2
2
3
3
5
5
7
7
B-12 ♦
Cat. No.
330GL ♦
330 ♦
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
W
D
H
2
3
4
5
6
2
3
4
B-1 ♦
* Note: Includes particle board top, lower shelf and riser with 60"W x 24"H rear pegboard
included for hanging tools and accessories. Drawers are mounted on fully progressive
steel ball-bearing suspensions, with load capacity of 150 lbs. per drawer.
or 18" Welded Bookcases.
13 1/2" Welded Bookcases
34½ 13½
28
34½ 13½
40
34½ 13½
52
34½ 13½
66
34½ 13½
78
30 13½
29
30 13½
42
30 13½
48
18" Deep Welded Bookcases*
BC18-30
2
36
18
30
BC18-42
3
36
18
43
BC18-52
4
36
18
55
BC18-72
5
36
18
72
BC18-84
6
36
18
84
Extra Shelf
3
B-345 (for 13 1/2" deep bookcases)
343/8 13½
/4
BCS-18 (for 18" deep bookcases)
36 165/16 25/32
Book Supports
BSN6
41/2 1¾
6
BSN9
41/2 1¾
9
B-30 ♦
B-42 ♦
B-53 ♦
B-66 ♦
B-78 ♦
BC30-29
BC30-42
BC30-48
Cat. No.
W
No. of Openings
* Not available for Executive Bookcases
342GL ♦
342 ♦
352GL ♦
352 ♦
GBS-36 ♦
Description
W
D
KD Bookcases- 12" Deep
Starter Unit
38
12
Add-on Unit
38
12
Starter Unit
38
12
Add-on Unit
38
12
Starter Unit
38
12
Add-on Unit
38
12
Starter Unit
38
12
Add-on Unit
38
12
Extra Shelf
36
12
Shelf Divider
10
W
D
Executive Bookcases
30" High
With glass doors and lock
36
15
Without glass doors
36
15
42" High
With glass doors and lock
36
15
Without glass doors
36
15
52" High
With glass doors and lock
36
15
Without glass doors
36
15
Extra Shelves
Wt.
List Price
40
57
70
90
105
33
45
47
$155.00
189.00
239.00
284.00
322.00
174.00
208.00
241.00
47
66
80
107
122
244.00
290.00
331.00
401.00
461.00
7.6
8.3
22.00
21.00
.6
1.1
5.90
7.20
H
Wt.
List Price
30
30
42
42
60
60
84
84
57
45
79
68
119
103
160
138
245.00
226.00
272.00
255.00
393.00
359.00
$505.00
458.00
/8
7.9
31.00
7
1.2
3.20
7
H
Wt.
List Price
30
30
78
60
$513.00
336.00
42
42
105
78
588.00
363.00
52
52
130
95
653.00
414.00
9.9
24.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 85
46 STUR-D-BENCH
BOOKCASES 11
Literature Sorters, 30-Drawer
Organizers & Card Files
Tennsco offers three great options to organize and access company materials, a wide
variety of non-traditional sized media and various items you need to store and file.
Various sizes allow you to find a size that meets your needs, and all units are welded
construction to assure you of outstanding value and years of use.
Workbench Accessories: Risers, Outlet
Panels, Wiring Kit & Service Carts
Please Note
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light
Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/
Putty and Sand
Optional dividers in drawer organizer are
available in black only.
Workbench Riser With End Supports
Electronic Riser With End Supports
- Assembly required.
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
R-1048 ♦
R-1060 ♦
R-1072 ♦
R-1096* ♦
R-106018
R-107218
48
60
72
96
60
72
101/2
101/2
101/2
101/2
101/2
101/2
12
12
12
12
18
18
Load
Capacity
600
450
350
1000
450
350
Wt.
18.5
21
24
32
24
27
List
Price
$77.00
78.00
87.00
136.00
93.00
102.00
Includes center riser supports.
Cat. No.
RE-1060 ♦
RE-1072 ♦
RE-1560 ♦
RE-1572 ♦
RE-18-1560 ♦
RE-18-1572 ♦
RE-18-1596 ♦
W
D
H
60
72
60
72
60
72
96
101/2
101/2
15
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
18
18
18
Load
Capacity
450
350
450
350
450
350
300
Wt.
Load
Capacity
450
350
450
350
450
350
300
Wt.
27
31
35
39
38
43
53
List
Price
$110.00
119.00
136.00
146.00
146.00
156.00
205.00
Note: Wiring kit sold separately.
30-Drawer Organizers
Literature Sorters
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
4075 ♦
Letter Sized Openings
305/8 115/8
33
80
$405.00
5075 ♦
305/8
Legal Sized Openings
145/8
33
89
439.00
Extra Shelves
4005 ♦ Letter Size Pack of 5
5005 ♦ Legal Size Pack of 5
6.4
8.1
8 Drawer
6 Drawer
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
2085 ♦
Letter Sized Openings
305/8 115/8
33
95
$560.00
3085 ♦
305/8
Legal Sized Openings
145/8
33
112
597.00
Optional Dividers
Pack of 30
30AD ♦
Prewired Electronic Riser
With End Supports
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
49.00
6.7
Electronic Outlet Panel For 72"
Benches With Panel Legs
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
WOP-72 ♦
715/8
3
43/8
17.4
List
Price
$99.00
Note: Wiring kit sold separately.
Includes front and rear panels.
7 Drawer
CF-846
CF-669
17.90
21.00
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
CF-558 ♦
CF-646 ♦
CF-669 ♦
CF-758 ♦
CF-846 ♦
No. of
Drawers
5
6
6
7
8
W
D
H
Wt.
19
15
21
19
15
28
28
28
28
28
407/16
407/16
523/8
523/8
523/8
165
170
214
220
216
List
Price
$1,164.00
1,235.00
1,388.00
1,440.00
1,522.00
CF-558 Stores up to 27,200 5 x 8 cards. 640 CDs (960 with center divider
removed.) 420 DVDs in standard movie case.
CF-646 Stores up to 32,600 3 x 5 or 4 x 6 cards.
CF-669 Stores up to 32,600 6 x 9 cards. Ideal for DVDs with use of a second
drawer divider.
CF-758 Stores up to 38,100 5 x 8 cards. 588 DVDs in standard movie case. 896
CDs (1344 with center divider removed.)
CF-846 Stores up to 43,400 3 x 5 or 4 x 6 cards.
CF-646
D
60 101/2
REI-1060-WK-1
REI-1072-WK-1
72 101/2
60
15
REI-1560-WK-1
REI-1572-WK-1
72
15
REI-18-1560-WK-1 60 15
REI-18-1572-WK-1 72 15
REI-18-1596-WK-1 96 15
H
12
12
12
12
18
18
18
30
34
35
53
54
60
72
List
Price
$269.00
277.00
291.00
305.00
301.00
315.00
357.00
CF-758
Card & Multimedia Storage
6 Drawer
W
5 Drawer
CF-558
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
12 LITERATURE SORTERS, 30-DRAWER ORGANIZERS & CARD FILES
Electronic Outlet Panel For 72"
Benches With Two Modular Units
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
WOP-42 ♦
42
33/8
43/8
10.3
List
Price
$45.00
Note: Wiring kit sold separately.
Service Cart
- Assembly required. Shown with optional center tray.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
16" Wide Cart
30
16
32
36
Optional Center Tray for 16" Wide Cart
ST-16 ♦
30
16
31/4
11
24" Wide Cart
24
32
40
SC-2436 ♦
36
Optional Center Tray for 24" Wide Cart
ST-24 ♦
36
24
31/4
15.8
SC-1630 ♦
List
Price
$167.00
50.00
210.00
66.00
Wiring Kit
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
WK-1 ♦
W
D
H
Wt.
-
-
-
2.5
List
Price
$107.00
WORKBENCHES 45
Workbench Accessories: Side & Back
Rail Kits, Shelves, Casters & Drawers
Vertical Files
Tennsco Vertical Files are as attractive as they are dependable.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Please Note
Choose from 2, 3, 4 and 5 drawer models in 28” depth in either letter or legal widths.
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Side & Back Rail Kit
Shown with optional
Cam Lock
Stackable Drawer
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
SB-3048 ♦
SB-3060 ♦
SB-3072 ♦
SB-3096 ♦
SB-3648 ♦
SB-3660 ♦
SB-3672 ♦
SB-3696 ♦
48
60
72
96
48
60
72
96
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
36
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
12.2
14
15.7
18.9
13.9
15.2
17
19.9
List
Price
$46.00
49.00
53.00
70.00
50.00
52.00
56.00
72.00
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
Stackable Drawer
18
81/4
70
WBD-1MG* ♦ 15
18
81/4
70
WBD-1LMG** ♦ 15
WBD-1
15
18
81/4
70
Cam Lock (Field Installable)
CL-1 ♦
Extra Drawer Divider
WBDD-12 ♦
123/8
41/4
Wt.
21
20
18
List
Price
2-Drawer
$83.00
88.00
142.00
.1
5.20
.6
1.80
Cat. No.
Hanging Drawer
Cat. No.
W
D
S-48 ♦
S-60 ♦
S-72 ♦
S-96 ♦
48
60
72
96
14
14
14
14
H
-
Load
Capacity
450
450
350
850
Wt.
List
Price
15.5 $53.00
19.5 63.00
23
74.00
31 100.00
Cat. No.
W
D
H
WBD-25
25
22
6
Load
Capacity
70
3-Drawer
4-Drawer
5-Drawer
Vertical Files
* Medium grey only.
** Medium grey only with cam lock.
Lower Shelf For Units With Open Bench Legs
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Description
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
V282-MF
V282C-MF
Two Drawer Vertical File
Letter Size, 2 Drawer 1415/16 28 2615/16
Legal Size, 2 Drawer 1715/16 28 2615/16
80
86
$514.00
533.00
V283-MF
V283C-MF
Three Drawer Vertical File
Letter Size, 3 Drawer 1415/16 28 383/4
Legal Size, 3 Drawer 1715/16 28 383/4
113
120
651.00
678.00
V284-MF
V284C-MF
Four Drawer Vertical File
Letter Size, 4 Drawer 1415/16 28 509/16 144
Legal Size, 4 Drawer 1715/16 28 509/16 154
795.00
820.00
V285-MF
V285C-MF
Five Drawer Vertical File
Letter Size, 5 Drawer 1415/16 28 623/8
Legal Size, 5 Drawer 1715/16 28 623/8
924.00
959.00
176
187
Superior Drawer
Suspensions
Drawers operate quietly and
effortlessly with the help of a
three-member, telescoping, steel
ball bearing suspension system
which allows each drawer to be
completely extended for total
access. Standard inner lock keeps
more than one drawer from opening at one time.
Wt.
List
Price
17 $140.00
Neat, Easy Filing
With full height sides that are
ready to accept hanging folders
and a durable, metal follower
block, there is no need for file
frames that may be lost or
misplaced.
Lower Shelf For Modular Units With 72"w Tops
Cat. No.
W
D
H
SM-42 ♦
42
14
11/2
Load
Capacity
250
Wt.
List
Price
14.4 $53.00
Caster Kits
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
Load
Capacity
WBCK-3036* ♦
2 Fixed, 2 Swivel
1000
WBCK-3036S**
All Swivel
1000
Fits 30” & 36” Legs.
44 WORKBENCHES
W
D
H
Wt.
16
16
List
Price
$92.00
95.00
Full Depth Lower Shelf
Cat. No.
FS-48
FS-60
FS-72
FS-96
W
D
H
48
60
72
96
20
20
20
20
-
Load
Capacity
450
450
350
850
Wt.
15.5
19.5
23.0
31.0
List
Price
$100.00
109.00
125.00
202.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
VERTICAL FILES 13
Workbench Accessories: Legs
& Modular Storage Units
Lateral Files
Lateral Files offer substantial space savings and more efficient access to your mostused files. A standard, single “master” lock controls all drawers and doors, while
drawers easily slide out on full progressive, lifetime warranted ball bearing
suspensions. Files come standard with hanging folder rods for filing Pendaflex
folders (side-to-side). Order optional cross rods for front-to-back filing.
Please Note
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
QuickShip Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty
6-Drawer
5-Drawer
4-Drawer
3-Drawer
2-Drawer
Posting Shelf**
Optional hideaway posting shelf
provides a handy place to make
notes or place materials.
(Available on 5 drawer files only.)
Cat. No.*
Product Description
W
D
H
Wt.
List Price
LPL3024L20
LPL3024L21
LPL3624L20 ♦
LPL3624L21
LPL4224L20 ♦
LPL4224L21
30" File
30" File
36" File
36" File
42" File
42" File
Two Drawer Lateral File
30
17 15/16
27 9/16
27 9/16
30
17 15/16
36
17 15/16
27 9/16
27 9/16
36
17 15/16
42
17 15/16
27 9/16
42
17 15/16
27 9/16
97
101
108
112
120
124
$660.00
759.00
678.00
776.00
723.00
823.00
LPL3036L30
LPL3036L31
LPL3636L30 ♦
LPL3636L31
LPL4236L30
LPL4236L31
30" File
30" File
36" File
36" File
42" File
42" File
Three Drawer Lateral File
30
17 15/16
39 3/8
30
17 15/16
39 3/8
39 3/8
36
17 15/16
36
17 15/16
39 3/8
39 3/8
42
17 15/16
42
17 15/16
39 3/8
131
136
145
151
160
166
859.00
1,011.00
886.00
1,036.00
945.00
1,098.00
LPL3048L40
LPL3048L41
LPL3648L40
LPL3648L41
LPL4248L40 ♦
LPL4248L41
30" File
30" File
36" File
36" File
42" File
42" File
Four Drawer Lateral File
30
17 15/16
51 ¼
30
17 15/16
51 ¼
36
17 15/16
51 ¼
51 ¼
36
17 15/16
42
17 15/16
51 ¼
42
17 15/16
51 ¼
167
174
184
192
206
215
1,055.00
1,253.00
1,087.00
1,282.00
1,155.00
1,354.00
LPL3060L50
LPL3060L51
LPL3660L50 ♦
LPL3660L51 ♦
LPL4260L50 ♦
LPL4260L51 ♦
LPL3672L60
LPL4272L60
Five Drawer Lateral File (top drawer has a retractable door)
30" File
30
17 15/16
65
205
30" File
30
17 15/16
65
213
36" File
36
17 15/16
65
227
36" File
36
17 15/16
65
239
42" File
42
17 15/16
65
262
42" File
42
17 15/16
65
270
Six Drawer Lateral File (top two drawers have retractable doors)
76 7/8
227
36" File, Combination Unit*
36
17 15/16
42" File, Combination Unit*
42
17 15/16
76 7/8
293
14 LATERAL FILES
Cat. No.
W
D
H
L-2830 ♦
L-2836 ♦
L-3230 ♦
L-3236 ♦
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
30
36
30
36
28
28
32
32
Load
Capacity
5000
5000
5000
5000
Wt.
14.5
15.5
14.5
16
List
Price
$57.00
59.00
47.00
50.00
Priced as each.
Load Capacity represents total per pair.
Modular Storage Cabinet
Cat. No.
Retractable Door
Spring assisted doors automatically
retract with the slightest touch
to keep aisles clear and provide
complete access to your files.
1,605.00
1,680.00
W
MS-1524 ♦
15
MBS-1524
15
D
H
Load
Capacity
Modular Storage Cabinet
24
32
1000
Optional Second Shelf
3
23
/4
100
Wt.
List
Price
48
$276.00
5
37.00
Wt.
List
Price
77
69
$525.00
505.00
.6
1.80
Adjustable Leg
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
Wt.
List
Price
AL-3230 ♦
AL-3236 ♦
AL-4230 ♦
AL-4236 ♦
3
3
3
3
30
36
30
36
*
*
**
**
4000
4000
3000
3000
17.8
19.3
18.8
20.3
$57.00
61.00
66.00
70.00
7
3
1
* Height is adjustable from 27 /8" to 35 /8 " on 1 /2 " centers. Priced as each.
**Height is adjustable from 353/8” to 413/8 “ on 11/2 “ centers. Priced as each.
Load Capacity represents total per pair.
1,328.00
1,528.00
1,357.00
1,568.00
1,440.00
1,655.00
* L_O Fixed Drawer Fronts; L_1 Retractable Doors; L50 Combination - four solid front doors on bottom openings/retractable door with roll-out drawer on top opening.
** For posting shelf unit add a “P” suffix (ex. LPL4260L51P) to the catalog number and add $85.00 to the list price. (Available on 5 drawer files only.)
For counter weights add a “W” suffix (ex. LPL4224L20W)to the catalog number and add $55.00 on 2-Drawer 30" wide shelving, $65.00 on 2-Drawer 36" wide shelving, and
$75.00 on 2-Drawer 42" wide shelving list prices.
For counter weights add a “W” suffix (ex. LPL4248L40W)to the catalog number and add $31.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 30" wide shelving, $36.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 36" wide shelving, and
$41.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 42" wide shelving list prices.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
Flared Leg
Modular Drawer Cabinet
Cat. No.
Panel Legs
W
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
LP-3230* ♦
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
Wt.
List
Price
3
28
32
2000
48
$173.00
Priced as pairs.
Load Capacity represents total per pair.
*Requires WOP-72 (see page 45)
MD-1524 ♦
MD3-1524 ♦
15
15
WBDD-12 ♦
123/8
D
H
Load
Capacity
Modular Drawer Cabinet
24
32
1000
24
32
1000
Extra Divider*
41/4
MD-1524 has 4 box drawers and MD3-1524 has 2 box drawers and 1 file drawer
*Note: Divider is galvanized.
WORKBENCHES 43
Workbenches: Tops with Stringer
Overfiles & Lateral File Accessories
Please Note
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
QuickShip Color: Black. Laminate
top is available in Mahoghony, Oak
and Walnut.
Hard Wood and Compressed Wood available in Natural Only.
Laminate is availble in white only.
Overfiles
Increase storage capacity by turning unused space above lateral files into productive
space. Sliding doors offer easy access while keeping the office environment neat.
(L3620F shown)
Cat. No.
Workbench Tops (includes stringer)
Cat. No.
T-3048 ♦
T-3060 ♦
T-3072 ♦
T-3096* ♦
T-3648 ♦
T-3660 ♦
T-3672 ♦
T-3696* ♦
48
60
72
96
48
60
72
96
Load
Capacity
Steel Top With Stringer**
30
11/2
4000
30
11/2
2500
30
11/2
1800
30
11/2
4000
36
11/2
4000
36
11/2
2500
36
11/2
1800
36
11/2
4000
THB-3060
THB-3072
THB-3672
60
72
72
Steel Top With Hard Board**
30
11/2
2500
30
11/2
1800
36
11/2
1800
78
99
119
311.00
353.00
400.00
MT-3060 ♦
MT-3072 ♦
MT-3660 ♦
MT-3672 ♦
60
72
60
72
Hard Wood Top With Stringer
30
13/4
3800
30
13/4
3600
36
13/4
3800
36
13/4
3600
95
113
105
130
466.00
554.00
550.00
646.00
PT-3060 ♦
PT-3072 ♦
PT-3660 ♦
PT-3672 ♦
Plastic Laminate Top With Stringer
60
30
11/2
800
94
72
30
11/2
750
110
36
11/2
800
118
60
72
36
11/2
750
150
346.00
407.00
423.00
482.00
CT-3060 ♦
CT-3072 ♦
CT-3660 ♦
CT-3672 ♦
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
62
74
91
129
71
90
107
144
230.00
247.00
285.00
384.00
246.00
292.00
328.00
428.00
Compressed Wood Top With Stringer
60
30
13/4
1900
123
72
30
13/4
1500
146
60
36
13/4
1900
137
72
36
13/4
1500
174
363.00
424.00
414.00
474.00
Product Description
W
D
H
L301OF
L361OF
L421OF
Single Level Overfile
Single Level Overfile
Single Level Overfile
Single Level
30
18
181/4
36
18
181/4
42
18
181/4
L302OF
L362OF
L422OF
Double Level Overfile
Double Level Overfile
Double Level Overfile
Double Level
30
18
27½
36
18
27½
42
18
27½
Wt.
List Price
47
55
61
$501.00
528.00
564.00
63
76
89
513.00
555.00
615.00
Wt.
List Price
Lateral File Accessories*
Cat. No.
Product Description
15CR* ♦
Cross Rods (Pair)**
5AD* ♦
Dividers
For 2-Drawer Files
30" Counterweight
T30CW-4
T36CW-4
36" Counterweight
T42CW-4
42" Counterweight
For 3, 4 and 5-Drawer Files
T30CW-2
30" Counterweight
36" Counterweight
T36CW-2
T42CW-2
42" Counterweight
T1830 ♦
T1836 ♦
T1842 ♦
TLPLH
W
D
H
Cross Rods
153/4 17/8 7/8
Dividers
131/2 6 3/16
Counterweights
205/8
345/8
405/8
-
101/2
101/2
101/2
205/8
101/2
345/8
101/2
405/8
101/2
Laminate Tops
30" Laminate Top
30
18
1 1/16
36" Laminate Top
36
18
1 1/16
42" Laminate Top
42
18
1 1/16
Extra Long Pull Label Holder
4
1 5/16
1
$8.50
0.7
4.10
34
41
47
76.00
90.00
106.00
17
20
24
41.00
48.00
56.00
17
23
26
145.00
172.00
226.00
0.1
1.20
Laminate Tops
Self-edged laminate tops add
another work surface to your
office and are available in sizes
to top off any file. Available in
Oak, Walnut and Mahogany
laminates.
* Available in black only.
** Use 1 pair per drawer.
*Note: 96" tops require 3 legs.
**Includes four mounting channels (enough to mount one workbench
drawer or two modular cabinets.)
Divider
Cross Rods
5AD
15CR
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
42 WORKBENCHES
OVERFILES & LATERAL FILE ACCESSORIES 15
Workbenches: Electronic Workbenches
& Electronic Modular Workbenches
Imperial Open Shelf Filing
& HIPAA Compliant Doors
Imperial Shelving, the most economical method to file end-tab file folders, keeps
materials upright while making files more visible, especially when using a color-coding
system. All units have closed end panels. Each shelf comes with 5 adjustable dividers
and plastic feet to protect carpet or floor. It also offers a variety of doors that meet
HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996) healthcare
privacy regulations for safeguarding personal health information.
Starter Units
Adder Units
- Assembly required.
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
No. of
Openings
W
D
H
Wt.
Single Entry Starter Units
1276PC ♦
6
36 12 76 117
127648PC ♦ 6
48 12 76 140
1576PC ♦
6
36 15 76 125
1288PC ♦
7
36 12 88 133
128848PC ♦ 7
48 12 88 156
1588PC ♦
7
36 15 88 145
Double Entry Starter Units
2476PC ♦
12
36 24 76 199
247648PC ♦ 12
48 24 76 247
2488PC ♦
14
36 24 88 229
248848PC ♦ 14
48 24 88 286
3076PC ♦
12
36 30 76 220
3088PC ♦
14
36 30 88 256
RSMB-12
RSMB-15
RSMB-24
RSMB-30
Reference Shelf
30 12 5/8
30 15 5/8
30 24 5/8
30 30 5/8
List
Price
Cat. No.
Please Note
Please Note
Standard Color: Sand
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
No. of
Openings
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
$376.00
459.00
401.00
428.00
517.00
454.00
Single Entry Add-On Units
1276AC ♦
6
36 12 76 108
127648AC ♦ 6
48 12 76 130
1576AC ♦
6
36 15 76 114
1288AC ♦
7
36 12 88 125
128848AC ♦ 7
48 12 88 147
1588AC ♦
7
36 15 88 132
$337.00
406.00
375.00
399.00
479.00
423.00
640.00
775.00
719.00
883.00
709.00
783.00
Double Entry Add-On Units
2476AC ♦
12
36 24 76 177
247648AC ♦ 12
48 24 76 222
2488AC ♦
14
36 24 88 203
248848AC ♦ 14
48 24 88 257
3076AC ♦
12
36 30 76 205
3088AC ♦
14
36 30 88 225
587.00
725.00
660.00
826.00
689.00
716.00
9.3
9.7
10.8
11.6
50.00
51.00
55.00
57.00
Extra Shelf Kit
ISK-3612* ♦
Single Entry
13
40.00
ISK-3615* ♦
Single Entry
14.1
43.00
ISK-4812* ♦
Single Entry
18.8
51.00
ISK-3624*
Double Entry
24
66.00
Double Entry
25
72.00
ISK-3630*
ISK-4824* ♦
Double Entry
30
85.00
* Includes: 2 shelf supports, 1 shelf, 1 backstop
and 5 dividers.
NOTE: 12" & 24" Deep units are letter sized.
15" & 30" Deep units are legal sized.
EB-1-3072S
Solid Steel Top
Electronic Workbench
EB-1-3072M
Hard Wood Top
Electronic Workbench
EB-1-3072C
Compressed Wood Top
Electronic Workbench
EB-1-3072P
Plastic Laminate Top
Electronic Workbench
Electronic Workbenches
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
EB-1-3072S ♦
EB-1-3072M ♦
EB-1-3672M ♦
EB-1-3072P ♦
EB-1-3672P ♦
EB-1-3072C ♦
EB-1-3672C ♦
Top Material
W
D
Electronic Workbenches
Solid Steel
72
Hard Wood
72
Hard Wood
72
Plastic Laminate
72
Plastic Laminate
72
Compressed Wood
72
Compressed Wood
72
30
30
36
30
36
30
36
H
331/2
333/4
333/4
331/2
331/2
333/4
333/4
Load
Capacity
Wt.
List
Price
1800
2000
2000
750
750
1500
1500
156
178
195
175
215
211
239
$557.00
826.00
918.00
679.00
754.00
696.00
746.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
Doors
Cat. No.
Reference Shelf
Provides a convenient pull-out
work space anywhere. Reduces
filing or storage space by 1".
Hinged Door Assembly
Adds 2 3/4” to outside depth of
unit, including handles; frame
uses 1/2” vertical filing space.
Sliding Door Kit
Single sliding door offers
lockable security.
16 HIGH DENSITY OFFICE FILING UNITS
W
D
H
Wt.
Hinged Doors with Extended Frames
2 1/4
76
60
LTHD-3676RHD 36
2 1/4
76
86
LTHD-4876RHD 48
2 1/4
88
68
LTHD-3688RHD 36
LTHD-4888RHD 48
2 1/4
88
89
Sliding Door Kit
SD-3676-1 ♦
36
4 1/8
76
103
SD-4876-1 ♦
48
4 1/8
76
138
SD-3688-1 ♦
36
4 1/8
88
120
SD-4888-1 ♦
48
4 1/8
88
160
List
Price
$423.00
552.00
422.00
606.00
907.00
955.00
922.00
971.00
* All doors come standard with lock, in compliance with
(HIPAA) Health Insurance Portability and Accountability
Act of 1996 regulations.
Two Piece Backs
Cat. No.
W
H
Wt.
List
Price
Two Piece Backs (to enclose units with doors)
76
18.6
$101.00
LTBP-3676-2
36
76
21.0
111.00
LTBP-4876-2
48
LTBP-3688-2
36
88
25.0
129.00
LTBP-4888-2
48
88
29.0
144.00
EMB-1-3072S
Solid Steel Top
Electronic Modular
Workbench
EMB-2-3072S
Solid Steel Top
Electronic Modular
Workbench
Electronic Modular Workbenches
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
Top Material
W
W
DD
Electronic Modular Workbenches
EMB-1-3072S ♦
Solid Steel w/ 2 Drawer Units
72
30
EMB-1-3072M ♦
Hard Wood w/ 2 Drawer Units
72
30
EMB-1-3072P ♦
Plastic Laminate w/ 2 Drawer Units
72
30
EMB-1-3072C ♦
Compressed Wood w/ 2 Drawer Units
72
30
EMB-2-3072S* ♦
Solid Steel w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet
72
30
EMB-2-3072M* ♦
Hard Wood w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet
72
30
EMB-2-3072P* ♦ Plastic Laminate w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet
72
30
EMB-2-3072C* ♦ Compressed Wood w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72
30
HH
331/2
333/4
331/2
333/4
331/2
333/4
331/2
333/4
Load
Wt.
Capacity
Wt.List List
Price Price
1800
2000
750
1500
1800
2000
750
1500
248 $1,359.00
267 1,619.00
264 1,472.00
300 1,489.00
219 1,110.00
238 1,370.00
235 1,223.00
271 1,240.00
*Load capacity is for top only.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 85
NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
WORKBENCHES 41
Fixed Shelf &
Lateral File Units
Workbenches: Adjustable Legs
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Fixed Shelf Files are sturdy welded units that do not have to be assembled and also
offer an optional posting shelf for additional work surface. Fixed Shelf Lateral Files
are available with or without doors. Open Units are perfect for color-coded filing
systems, books, manuals etc. Use Closed Units when confidentiality, security or
protection of materials is of paramount concern. Closed Units have individual
retractable doors for each shelf level.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light
Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand
Fixed Shelf File
Cat. No.
Number of Openings
W
7
341/2 131/2
Reference Shelf
30
12
Extra Divider*
11
FSF-78 ♦
FSFRS-1 ♦
PD-1108-BK
Steel Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches
Solid Hard Wood Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Load
Wt.
List
Capacity
Price
30
**
4000 98 $344.00
WBA-1-3048S ♦ 48
30
**
2500 110
361.00
WBA-1-3060S ♦ 60
WBA-1-3072S ♦ 72
30
**
1800 127
399.00
WBA-1-3096S* ♦ 96
30
**
4000 182
555.00
36
**
2500 129
414.00
WBA-1-3660S ♦ 60
WBA-1-3672S ♦ 72
36
**
1800 141
450.00
36
**
4000 202
611.00
WBA-1-3696S* ♦ 96
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
**Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers.
Cat. No.
H
Wt.
List Price
78
117
$544.00
/2
8.6
50.00
8
.4
2.20
H
Wt.
List Price
180
218
242
$1,231.00
1,410.00
1,562.00
63½
751/4
87
124
150
175
701.00
764.00
857.00
8
.8
1
*Dividers available in black only.
- Comes standard with four dividers per shelf level (dividers are black only).
- Assembly required.
- Assembly required.
D
W
D
H
Load
Wt.
List
Capacity
Price
30
**
4000 109 $541.00
WBA-1-3048W ♦ 48
WBA-1-3060W ♦ 60
30
**
3800 131
580.00
30
**
3600 148
668.00
WBA-1-3072W ♦ 72
WBA-1-3096W* 96
30
**
4000 194
926.00
WBA-1-3660W ♦ 60
36
**
3800 144
672.00
36
**
3600 168
768.00
WBA-1-3672W ♦ 72
WBA-1-3696W* 96
36
**
4000 227 1,338.00
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
**Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 85
Fixed Shelf Lateral Files
Plastic Top is White.
Compressed Wood Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches
- Assembly required.
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
WBA-1-3048C
WBA-1-3060C ♦
WBA-1-3072C ♦
WBA-1-3096C*
WBA-1-3660C ♦
WBA-1-3672C ♦
WBA-1-3696C*
Plastic Laminate Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches
W
48
60
72
96
60
72
96
D
H
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
Load
Capacity
2400
1900
1500
2400
1900
1500
2400
Wt.
131
159
181
238
176
212
280
List
Price
$456.00
477.00
538.00
876.00
536.00
596.00
898.00
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
**Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers.
Cat. No.
W
WBA-1-3048P
48
WBA-1-3060P ♦ 60
WBA-1-3072P ♦ 72
WBA-1-3096P* 96
WBA-1-3660P ♦ 60
WBA-1-3672P ♦ 72
WBA-1-3696P* 96
D
H
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
Load
Capacity
1200
800
750
1200
800
750
1200
Wt.
115
130
145
200
157
188
235
List
Price
$432.00
460.00
521.00
728.00
545.00
604.00
836.00
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
**Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers.
Cat. No.
Product Description
W
D
Closed Lateral File (Door Units)
FS351L ♦ 5-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36
17
63½
FS361L ♦ 6-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36
17
751/4
FS371L ♦ 7-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36
17
87
FS350 ♦
FS360 ♦
FS370 ♦
5-Level Fixed Shelf Unit
6-Level Fixed Shelf Unit
7-Level Fixed Shelf Unit
FDP-1108 ♦
Open Lateral File
36
17
36
17
36
17
Extra Divider
11
2.50
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45.
40 WORKBENCHES
FIXED SHELF FILING UNITS 17
Add-A-Stack Shelving
Workbenches: Flared Legs
Need more filing or floor space? Add-A-Stack is the modular filing system that expands as easily as adding another shelf. The thin profile reduces the height of each
tier, allowing more within reaching height.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey, Sand
Tennsco Workbenches are constructed of only the finest materials. Choose
from a 12 gauge steel top, a solid hard wood top, a compressed wood top
or a plastic laminate top.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Light Grey,
Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Add-A-Stack Filing System
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
Stackable Tier
W
Overall
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
AS48L
Letter Sized 48" Wide Stackable Tier
With 6 fixed dividers 47
13 97/8 48 133/16 10
23
114.00
Wt.
List
Price
18
22
23
29
$87.00
124.00
109.00
146.00
Wt.
List
Price
Remarks
Base Size
Top Size
Letter Sized Base & Top Sets
36 133/16
AS36LBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* 36 133/16 1
AS36LBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 36 133/16 4
36 133/16
48 133/16
AS48LBT
48"w, no levelers* 48 133/16 1
AS48LBT-L 48"w, with levelers* 48 133/16 4
48 133/16
Cat. No.
Remarks
W
Inside
D
H
W
Overall
D
1
1
1
1
H
AS36G ♦
Legal Sized 36" Wide Stackable Tier
With 4 fixed dividers 35
16 97/8 36 163/16 10
25
$102.00
AS48G
Legal Sized 48" Wide Stackable Tier
With 6 fixed dividers 47
16 97/8 48 163/16 10
28
130.00
Wt.
List
Price
Remarks
Base Size
Top Size
Legal Sized Base & Top Sets
AS36GBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* 36 163/16 1
36 163/16
AS36GBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 36 163/16 4
36 163/16
AS48GBT 48"w, no levelers* 48 163/16 1
48 163/16
AS48GBT-L 48"w, with levelers* 48 163/16 4
48 163/16
AS36PS ♦
AS36LD
AS48PS
AS48LD
Cat. No.
AS36X ♦
Cat. No.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
H
$88.00
Locking Door
Posting Shelf
D
20
Cat. No.
Base and Top Set (4" Base with levelers)
Inside
Letter Sized 36" Wide Stackable Tier
With 4 fixed dividers 35
13 97/8 36 133/16 10
Cat. No.
Base and Top Set (1" Base, no levelers)
W
AS36L ♦
Cat. No.
NOTE:
*Bases are available in either 1" height (without levelers)
or 4" height (with levelers).
- All tops are 1" high.
- Tiers priced as each, packed 2 per box.
Remarks
Remarks
W
1
1
1
1
D
Posting Shelves & Locking Doors
36" wide posting shelf
36
911/16
36" wide locking door
36
911/16
48" wide posting shelf
48
911/16
48" wide locking door
48
911/16
Remarks
W
Inside
D
H
W
Overall
D
H
X-Ray Sized 36" Wide Stackable Tier
36 193/16 15
With 4 fixed dividers
Remarks
Base Size
Top Size
X-Ray Sized Base & Top Sets
1
36 193/16
AS36XBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers*
AS36XBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 4
36 193/16
1
1
21
27
27
34
$105.00
131.00
120.00
161.00
Wt.
List
Price
10
7
13.3
8.2
$131.00
155.00
136.00
185.00
Wt.
List
Price
42
$172.00
Wt.
List
Price
24
30
$120.00
140.00
Steel Top Workbenches
Solid Hard Wood Top Workbenches
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
- Assembly required.
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
With Stringer & Legs
30
331/2
4000
WB-1-3048S ♦ 48
WB-1-3060S ♦ 60
30
331/2
2500
WB-1-3072S ♦ 72
30
331/2
1800
30
331/2
4000
WB-1-3096S* ♦ 96
WB-1-3660S ♦ 60
36
331/2
2500
36
331/2
1800
WB-1-3672S ♦ 72
WB-1-3696S* ♦ 96
36
331/2
4000
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
Wt.
List
Price
91
103
120
173
122
134
192
$324.00
341.00
379.00
525.00
392.00
428.00
578.00
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
With Stringer & Legs
WB-1-3048W 48
30
33¾
4000
WB-1-3060W ♦ 60
30
33¾
3800
WB-1-3072W ♦ 72
30
33¾
3600
30
33¾
4000
WB-1-3096W* 96
WB-1-3660W ♦ 60
36
33¾
3800
36
33¾
3600
WB-1-3672W ♦ 72
WB-1-3696W* 96
36
33¾
4000
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
Wt.
List
Price
96 $497.00
124
560.00
142
648.00
184
896.00
137
650.00
162
746.00
217 1,305.00
Plastic Top is White.
White Plastic Laminate Top Workbenches
Compressed Wood Top Workbenches
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
- Assembly required.
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
With Stringer & Legs
WB-1-3048C 48
30
333/4
2400
30
333/4
1900
WB-1-3060C ♦ 60
WB-1-3072C ♦ 72
30
333/4
1500
WB-1-3096C* 96
30
333/4
2400
WB-1-3660C ♦ 60
36
333/4
1900
WB-1-3672C ♦ 72
36
333/4
1500
WB-1-3696C* 96
36
333/4
2400
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
Wt.
List
Price
124
152
175
233
169
206
270
$436.00
457.00
518.00
855.00
514.00
574.00
865.00
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
With Stringer & Legs
WB-1-3048P 48
30
331/2
1200
30
331/2
800
WB-1-3060P ♦ 60
WB-1-3072P ♦ 72
30
331/2
750
WB-1-3096P* 96
30
331/2
1200
WB-1-3660P ♦ 60
36
331/2
800
WB-1-3672P ♦ 72
36
331/2
750
WB-1-3696P* 96
36
331/2
1200
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
Wt.
List
Price
126
123
139
190
150
182
225
$412.00
440.00
501.00
698.00
523.00
582.00
803.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45.
18 STACKABLE TIERS
WORKBENCHES 39
Workbenches: Mobile Workbenches
Please Note
Standard Color: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, and Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
ESP & Regal Shelving
Organization is the key to productivity. Tennsco organizes both your front and back office to keep offices running smoothly.
Tennsco's multipurpose ESP Shelving is ideal for storage applications in office stockrooms and throughout your plant. Everything you need shipped in one box.
Regal Shelving components snap together with steel shoulder rivets for added rigidity. This added strength makes Regal Shelving
sturdy enough for any storage application, while the wood grain laminate shelves make it attractive for the front office. Everything you need shipped in one box.
ESP Shelving
Please Note
Flanged For
Extra Support
MB-2530-BB
MB-3-2545
MB-4-2545
Standard Color: Medium Grey
ESP Shelves use multiplebend flanges with lapped
and welded corners.
The design permits loads
up to 250 lbs. per shelf.
MB-5-2545
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
MB-2530-C
MB-6-2545
ESP-1236 ♦
ESP-1836 ♦
ESP-2436 ♦
ESP-6-1236 ♦
ESP-6-1836 ♦
ESP-6-2436 ♦
MB-7-2545
Workbench Configurations
- Assembly required.
Cat No.
W
D
H
Wt.
MB-2530-BB ♦
MB-2530-C ♦
MB-3-2545 ♦
MB-4-2545 ♦
MB-5-2545
MB-6-2545
MB-7-2545
33
33
48
48
48
48
48
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
234
153
294
270
220
251
278
List
Price
$1,173.00
712.00
1,634.00
1,334.00
1,321.00
1,311.00
1,512.00
ES-12 ♦
ES-18 ♦
ES-24 ♦
Openings
W
D
4
4
4
5
5
5
36 12
36 18
36 24
36 12
36 18
36 24
Extra Shelves
H
Wt.
75
75
75
75
75
75
48
61
73
53
68
77
Packaged 2 shelves per carton, priced per shelf.
36
36
36
12
18
24
1
1
1
6.0
8.2
10.8
List
Price
$150.00
182.00
215.00
158.00
191.00
229.00
19.20
23.00
27.00
Regal Shelving
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
Please Note
Standard Color: Sand
QuickShip Color: Sand
Electric Riser
Push Handle Power Strip
Fits only 48" wide units.
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
- Assembly required.
Cat No.
W
D
H
Wt.
Electric Riser
RE-1045WK ♦
45
8 101/4 23
Push Handle Power Strip
MHE-25 ♦
25
8 101/4 10
List
Price
$167.00
162.00
Number of Openings
W
D
H
Wt.
List Price
RGL-1236S ♦
RGL-1536S ♦
RGL-1836S ♦
5
5
5
Starter Units
36
12
36
15
36
18
76
76
76
85
99
104
$199.00
219.00
244.00
RGL-1236A ♦
RGL-1536A ♦
RGL-1836A ♦
5
5
5
Add-On Units
36
12
36
15
36
18
76
76
76
80
94
100
166.00
185.00
210.00
Shelves have a Light Oak finish.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
38 WORKBENCHES
COMMERCIAL SHELVING 19
Workbenches: Mobile Workbenches
Z-Line Shelving: Low Profile
Z-Line Shelving is value without compromising performance. Its versatile array of
components means it fits all your storage needs. Combine an interlocking keyhole
design for fast, boltless installation without clips, gussets or sway bars and you have
a shelving system designed for your specific needs.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Mobile Workbenches keep employees productive no matter where they are on the
worksite. They feature all welded construction from heavy gauge steel. Units are
available in one or four drawer configurations. Standard features include: locking
cabinet with one cabinet shelf, two fixed and two swivel casters for easy steering.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, and Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey
and Sand
Z-Line Low Profile Shelving maximizes shelf openings in light to medium duty
support applications.
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
* Load capacity in pounds per shelf
level, evenly distributed. Total unit
capacity, using four uprights, not to
exceed 8000 lbs., based on 24"
centers or less.
Starter Unit
Add-on Unit
NOTE: Products are shown with one additional shelf level.
Mobile Workbench
Mobile Workbench
(With Modular Cabinet, One Drawer and Two Shelves)
Low Profile Shelving With Particle Board Shelving (4 Shelves, 3 Openings)
(With Modular Cabinet and Four Drawers)
- Assembly required.
Unit Size
W
D
H
Cap.*
36
36
36
36
42
42
42
42
48
48
48
48
12
18
24
36
12
18
24
36
12
18
24
36
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
600
600
600
600
550
550
550
550
500
500
500
500
Starter Units
Cat.No.
ZA7-3612S-4D ♦
ZA7-3618S-4D ♦
ZA7-3624S-4D ♦
ZA7-3636S-4D ♦
ZA7-4212S-4D ♦
ZA7-4218S-4D ♦
ZA7-4224S-4D ♦
ZA7-4236S-4D ♦
ZA7-4812S-4D ♦
ZA7-4818S-4D ♦
ZA7-4824S-4D ♦
ZA7-4836S-4D ♦
Wt.
List
Price
65 $138.00
83 155.00
99 168.00
136 212.00
73 150.00
93 168.00
111 183.00
154 225.00
80 158.00
103 178.00
124 190.00
175 239.00
Adder Units
Cat.No.
ZA7-3612A-4D ♦
ZA7-3618A-4D ♦
ZA7-3624A-4D ♦
ZA7-3636A-4D ♦
ZA7-4212A-4D ♦
ZA7-4218A-4D ♦
ZA7-4224A-4D ♦
ZA7-4236A-4D ♦
ZA7-4812A-4D ♦
ZA7-4818A-4D ♦
ZA7-4824A-4D ♦
ZA7-4836A-4D ♦
Wt.
List
Price
63 $132.00
80 146.00
95 159.00
135 213.00
71 144.00
89 159.00
107 173.00
153 227.00
78 151.00
99 169.00
120 181.00
174 240.00
Extra Shelf Levels
Cat.No.
ZAES-3612D ♦
ZAES-3618D ♦
ZAES-3624D ♦
ZAES-3636D ♦
ZAES-4212D ♦
ZAES-4218D ♦
ZAES-4224D ♦
ZAES-4236D ♦
ZAES-4812D ♦
ZAES-4818D ♦
ZAES-4824D ♦
ZAES-4836D ♦
Wt.
List
Price
10.9 $16.40
14.7 19.40
18.4 22.00
29 41.00
12.8 19.40
17.1 23.00
22 26.00
34 45.00
14.6 21.00
19.6 25.00
25 28.00
38 48.00
Cat No.
MB-2-2542 ♦
MBS-2124 ♦
MBS-1524
W
D
H
Wt.
Mobile Workbench
42
25 361/4 157
Extra Shelf For Cabinet
21
23 3/4
6.4
Extra Shelf Left Side
15
23 3/4
5
Load
Capacity
List
Price
1000 $852.00
100
100
41.00
37.00
Cat No.
MB-1-2542 ♦
MBS-2124 ♦
W
D
H
Wt.
Load
Capacity
List
Price
Mobile Workbench
42
25 361/4 182 1000 $1,070.00
Extra Shelf For Cabinet
21
23 3/4
6.4 100
41.00
Note: Drawer capacity is 70 pounds.
Note: Drawer capacity is 70 pounds.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
Starter units use four EUR uprights and 6 DRS end supports; adder units use two ZTP uprights and three DRS end supporters. Shelves are supported,
on front and rear only, by low profile shelf supports (DRS-ww14). 36" deep shelves are supported on all four sides.
Low Profile Shelving Without Decking (4 Shelves, 3 Openings)
- Assembly required.
Unit Size
W
D
H
Cap.*
36
36
36
36
42
42
42
42
48
48
48
48
12
18
24
36
12
18
24
36
12
18
24
36
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
600
600
600
600
550
550
550
550
500
500
500
500
Starter Units
Cat.No.
ZA7-3612S-4 ♦
ZA7-3618S-4 ♦
ZA7-3624S-4 ♦
ZA7-3636S-4 ♦
ZA7-4212S-4 ♦
ZA7-4218S-4 ♦
ZA7-4224S-4 ♦
ZA7-4236S-4 ♦
ZA7-4812S-4 ♦
ZA7-4818S-4 ♦
ZA7-4824S-4 ♦
ZA7-4836S-4 ♦
Wt.
List
Price
35 $114.00
38 119.00
39 120.00
46 140.00
38 120.00
40 125.00
41 126.00
48 145.00
40 125.00
43 130.00
44 131.00
51 151.00
Adder Units
Cat.No.
ZA7-3612A-4 ♦
ZA7-3618A-4 ♦
ZA7-3624A-4 ♦
ZA7-3636A-4 ♦
ZA7-4212A-4 ♦
ZA7-4218A-4 ♦
ZA7-4224A-4 ♦
ZA7-4236A-4 ♦
ZA7-4812A-4 ♦
ZA7-4818A-4 ♦
ZA7-4824A-4 ♦
ZA7-4836A-4 ♦
Wt.
List
Price
33 $108.00
34 110.00
35 111.00
45 141.00
36 113.00
37 116.00
37 116.00
48 147.00
38 119.00
39 121.00
40 122.00
50 152.00
Extra Shelf Levels
Cat.No.
ZAES-3612 ♦
ZAES-3618 ♦
ZAES-3624 ♦
ZAES-3636 ♦
ZAES-4212 ♦
ZAES-4218 ♦
ZAES-4224 ♦
ZAES-4236 ♦
ZAES-4812 ♦
ZAES-4818 ♦
ZAES-4824 ♦
ZAES-4836 ♦
Wt.
List
Price
3.4 $10.40
3.4 10.40
3.4 10.40
6.8 23.00
4.0 11.80
4.0 11.80
4.0 11.80
7.6 25.00
4.6 13.20
4.6 13.20
4.6 13.20
8.0 24.00
Starter units use four EUR uprights and 6 DRS end supports; adder units use two ZTP uprights and three DRS end supporters. Shelves are supported,
on front and rear only, by low profile shelf supports (DRS-ww14). 36" deep shelves are supported on all four sides.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
20 BOLTLESS SHELVING
WORKBENCHES 37
Z-Line Shelving: Long Span Shelving
and Sloping Shelf Units
Logic Wire Shelving Units & Carts
Logic Systems Shelving is perfect for food service, health care, or specialized industrial
applications where a modern, sanitary appearance is required. Logic Shelving literally
“snaps” together with its patented Logic clip. Shelves can be easily added or removed
without disturbing other levels of the unit. This flexibility allows the interchangeability
of wire and solid shelves whenever your needs change.
Starter Units
D
Wt.
36
36
42
42
48
48
60
60
72
72
18
24
18
24
18
24
18
24
18
24
66
74
71
81
77
88
109
125
129
145
Standard Colors: Arctic White,
Black, Pearl Grey
Z-Line Long Span beams offer the ability to create shelving units
up to 96" wide by 48" deep.
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey
and Sand
QuickShip Colors: Arctic White,
Pearl Grey
Sloping Shelf units only available in
Medium Grey.
Epoxy
Cat. No.
E-361875-4 ♦
E-362475-4 ♦
E-421875-4
E-422475-4
E-481875-4 ♦
E-482475-4
E-601875-4
E-602475-4 ♦
E-721875-4
E-722475-4 ♦
List
Extra Shelves
$392.00
432.00
472.00
500.00
440.00
480.00
516.00
556.00
612.00
652.00
Cat. No.
Wt.
LE-3618P
LE-3624P
LE-4218P
LE-4224P
LE-4818P
LE-4824P
LE-6018P
LE-6024P
LE-7218P
LE-7224P
10.9
13
12.2
14.7
13.7
16.4
22
26
27
31
Price
List
Wide Profile Shelving With Particle Board Shelving
Price
$71.00
81.00
89.00
90.00
83.00
94.00
102.00
112.00
126.00
136.00
- Assembly required.
Unit Size
Units include four posts, four wire shelves, 16 starter clips, and leveling feet.
Add-On Units
(4 Shelves, 75" High)
- Assembly required.
W
D
Wt.
36
36
42
42
48
48
60
60
72
72
18
24
18
24
18
24
18
24
18
24
54
62
59
69
65
76
97
113
117
133
Epoxy
List
Cat. No.
Extra Shelves
Price
E-361875-4A ♦ $345.00
E-362475-4A ♦ 385.00
E-421875-4A
425.00
E-422475-4A
453.00
E-481875-4A ♦ 393.00
E-482475-4A
433.00
E-601875-4A
469.00
E-602475-4A ♦ 509.00
E-721875-4A
565.00
E-722475-4A ♦ 605.00
Cat. No.
Wt.
LE-3618A
LE-3624A
LE-4218A
LE-4224A
LE-4818A
LE-4824A
LE-6018A
LE-6024A
LE-7218A
LE-7224A
10.6
12.7
11.9
14.4
13.4
16.1
21
25
26
30
List
Price
$73.00
83.00
91.00
92.00
85.00
96.00
104.00
114.00
128.00
138.00
Units include two posts, four wire shelves, 8 add-on clips, and leveling feet.
90° add-on units available, call factory for pricing.
Wire Shelf Hand Carts
- Assembly required.
D
Cat. No.
Wt.
36
36
42
42
48
48
60
18
24
18
24
18
24
24
2 Shelves, 42" Height
HE-361835-2M* ♦
43
HE-362435-2M
49
HE-421835-2
46
HE-422435-2
53
HE-481835-2 ♦
49
HE-482435-2M
56
HE-602435-2 ♦
77
36
36
42
42
48
48
60
18
24
18
24
18
24
24
3 Shelves, 42" Height
HE-361835-3 ♦
55
HE-362435-3 ♦
63
HE-421835-3
58
HE-422435-3
68
HE-481835-3 ♦
63
HE-482435-3
73
HE-602435-3 ♦
101
List Price
$315.00
359.00
352.00
368.00
336.00
384.00
420.00
383.00
415.00
441.00
466.00
419.00
451.00
508.00
Units include two one-piece handles, two or three wire shelves,
Logic Clips, four donut bumpers, and two pair of swivel casters.
W
D
H
Cap.*
48
48
48
48
60
60
60
60
72
72
72
72
96
96
96
96
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
2250
2250
2250
2250
2000
2000
2000
2000
1750
1750
1750
1750
1250
1250
1250
1250
3 Shelves (2 Openings)
Cat.No.
Wt.
ZL7-4824-3D ♦
ZL7-4830-3D ♦
ZL7-4836-3D ♦
ZL7-4848-3D ♦
ZL7-6024-3D ♦
ZL7-6030-3D ♦
ZL7-6036-3D ♦
ZL7-6048-3D ♦
ZL7-7224-3D ♦
ZL7-7230-3D ♦
ZL7-7236-3D ♦
ZL7-7248-3D ♦
ZL7-9624-3D ♦
ZL7-9630-3D ♦
ZL7-9636-3D ♦
ZL7-9648-3D ♦
125
144
166
202
146
169
192
238
173
201
229
285
220
256
293
367
List
Price
$243.00
271.00
289.00
340.00
277.00
301.00
330.00
375.00
337.00
359.00
397.00
458.00
408.00
444.00
493.00
573.00
Extra Shelf Levels
Cat.No.
Wt.
List
Price
ZLES-4824D ♦
33 $55.00
39
64.00
ZLES-4830D ♦
ZLES-4836D ♦
47
70.00
ZLES-4848D ♦
59
87.00
40
66.00
ZLES-6024D ♦
ZLES-6030D ♦
48
74.00
55
84.00
ZLES-6036D ♦
ZLES-6048D ♦
71
99.00
49
86.00
ZLES-7224D ♦
ZLES-7230D ♦
58
93.00
68 106.00
ZLES-7236D ♦
ZLES-7248D ♦
86 126.00
ZLES-9624D ♦
65 110.00
77 121.00
ZLES-9630D ♦
ZLES-9636D ♦
89 138.00
ZLES-9648D ♦ 114 164.00
Uses SUR uprights. Shelves supported on all four sides with wide profile shelf supports (LRA-xx). 1 SDS-dd
included with 48" and 60" width units; 2 SDS-dd included with 72" width units; and 3 SDS-dd included with 96"
width units.
Wide Profile Shelving Without Decking
* Load capacity in pounds per
shelf level. Total unit capacity,
not to exceed 11,000 lbs. per unit
(2,750 lbs. per post), based on 24"
centers or less.
- Assembly required.
Unit Size
W
48
48
48
48
60
60
60
60
72
72
72
72
96
96
96
96
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
W
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Shelving Units
(4 Shelves, 75" High)
- Assembly required.
W
Please Note
Wire Shelf Hand Carts - Come with 4 swivel casters. Shelves can be
added, removed, or repositioned as quickly as your needs change
without disturbing other shelving levels.
D
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
H
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
Cap.*
2250
2250
2250
2250
2000
2000
2000
2000
1750
1750
1750
1750
1250
1250
1250
1250
3 Shelves (2 Openings)
Cat.No.
ZL7-4824-3 ♦
ZL7-4830-3 ♦
ZL7-4836-3 ♦
ZL7-4848-3 ♦
ZL7-6024-3 ♦
ZL7-6030-3 ♦
ZL7-6036-3 ♦
ZL7-6048-3 ♦
ZL7-7224-3 ♦
ZL7-7230-3 ♦
ZL7-7236-3 ♦
ZL7-7248-3 ♦
ZL7-9624-3 ♦
ZL7-9630-3 ♦
ZL7-9636-3 ♦
ZL7-9648-3 ♦
Wt.
65
69
73
82
71
75
79
88
83
88
94
105
100
106
113
127
List
Price
$199.00
211.00
223.00
244.00
217.00
229.00
240.00
261.00
259.00
275.00
289.00
317.00
312.00
333.00
349.00
384.00
Extra Shelf Levels
Cat.No.
ZLES-4824 ♦
ZLES-4830 ♦
ZLES-4836 ♦
ZLES-4848 ♦
ZLES-6024 ♦
ZLES-6030 ♦
ZLES-6036 ♦
ZLES-6048 ♦
ZLES-7224 ♦
ZLES-7230 ♦
ZLES-7236 ♦
ZLES-7248 ♦
ZLES-9624 ♦
ZLES-9630 ♦
ZLES-9636 ♦
ZLES-9648 ♦
Wt.
13.1
14.4
15.8
18.6
15.1
16.4
17.8
21
19
21
23
26
25
27
29
34
List
Price
$40.00
44.00
48.00
55.00
46.00
50.00
54.00
61.00
60.00
65.00
70.00
79.00
78.00
84.00
90.00
101.00
Uses SUR uprights. Shelves supported on all four sides with wide profile shelf supports (LRA-xx). 1 SDS-dd
included with 48" and 60" width units; 2 SDS-dd included with 72" width units; and 3 SDS-dd included with
96" width units.
Sloping Shelf Units
- Assembly required.
Unit Size
W
D
H
36
36
48
48
18
24
18
24
84
84
84
84
Starter Units
Cat.No.
ZT7-3618S-5 ♦
ZT7-3624S-5 ♦
ZT7-4818S-5 ♦
ZT7-4824S-5 ♦
Wt.
List
Price
137 $455.00
160 511.00
187 590.00
217 658.00
Adder Units
Cat.No.
ZT7-3618A-5 ♦
ZT7-3624A-5 ♦
ZT7-4818A-5 ♦
ZT7-4824A-5 ♦
Wt.
List
Price
136 $457.00
159 513.00
186 592.00
217 660.00
Extra Shelf Levels List
Cat.No.
Wt.
ZSSS-3618 ♦ 17.9
ZSSS-3624 ♦
23
ZSSS-4818 ♦
27
ZSSS-4824 ♦
33
Price
$68.00
83.00
92.00
105.00
* Product numbers ending with "M" ship in a single carton
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
36 WIRE SHELVING
BOLTLESS SHELVING 21
Z-Line Shelving: Record
Archive & Stur-D-Stor
Bulk Storage Racks: Components
Z-Line Record Archive Rack holds standard record storage boxes for archival purposes.
Record Archive Storage Racks
- Boxes not included
Please Note
Please Note
Record Archive
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Sand, Medium
Grey
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Stur-D-Stor
Standard Color: Sand
Decking Types
QuickShip Color: Sand
- Decking only.
- Assembly required.
Without Decking
W
D
H
42
42
42
42
69
69
69
69
15
15
30
30
15
15
30
30
60
84
60
84
60
84
60
84
42
42
42
42
69
69
69
69
15
15
30
30
15
15
30
30
60
84
60
84
60
84
60
84
Number of
Openings
Archive Box
Capacity
Cat.No.
Supplied With Particle Board Decking
2
18
ZA421560-3D ♦
3
24
ZA421584-4D ♦
2
36
ZA423060-3D ♦
3
48
ZA423084-4D ♦
2
30
ZA691560-3D ♦
3
40
ZA691584-4D ♦
2
60
ZA693060-3D ♦
3
80
ZA693084-4D ♦
Customer To Supply Decking
2
18
ZA421560-3 ♦
3
24
ZA421584-4 ♦
2
36
ZA423060-3 ♦
3
48
ZA423084-4 ♦
2
30
ZA691560-3 ♦
3
40
ZA691584-4 ♦
2
60
ZA693060-3 ♦
3
80
ZA693084-4 ♦
Wt.
List
Price
73
98
113
151
111
148
175
234
156.00
210.00
199.00
267.00
218.00
293.00
305.00
408.00
41
55
47
64
57
76
67
90
$131.00
177.00
149.00
200.00
176.00
237.00
203.00
272.00
Wire Decking
Particleboard
Decking
Deck Levels
- Order decking separately. See options to the right.
Z-Line Stur-D-Stor's flexible shelving components create either
a five-shelf unit or a three-shelf/two-shelf worktable. Boltless
design allows quick and easy set-up. Industrial grade particle
board shelves with steel frames offer 1000 lb. capacity per
shelf. Adjusts in 11/2" increments.
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
LSS-361872 ♦
LSS-482484 ♦
W
D
361/2 181/2
481/2 241/2
H
72
84
Wt.
88
142
List Price
179.00
249.00
W
ZWD-4824 ♦
ZWD-4836 ♦
ZWD-4848
ZWD-6024
ZWD-6036
ZWD-6048
ZWD-7224
ZWD-7236
ZWD-7248
ZWD-9624 ♦
ZWD-9636
ZWD-9648
48
48
48
60
60
60
72
72
72
96
96
96
BSD-4824 ♦
BSD-4836 ♦
BSD-4848 ♦
BSD-6024 ♦
BSD-6036 ♦
BSD-6048 ♦
BSD-7224 ♦
BSD-7236 ♦
BSD-7248 ♦
BSD-9624 ♦
BSD-9636 ♦
BSD-9648 ♦
Corrugated Steel Decking
14
48 24 9/16
48 36 9/16
21
48 48 9/16
28
60 24 9/16
17.9
60 36 9/16
26
60 48 9/16
36
72 24 9/16
21
72 36 9/16
31
72 48 9/16
42
96 24 9/16
28
96 36 9/16
40
96 48 9/16
58
$46.00
65.00
84.00
55.00
79.00
102.00
65.00
93.00
121.00
84.00
121.00
158.00
PB-4824 ♦
PB-4836 ♦
PB-4848 ♦
PB-6024 ♦
PB-6036 ♦
PB-6048 ♦
PB-7224 ♦
PB-7236 ♦
PB-7248 ♦
PB-9624 ♦
PB-9636 ♦
PB-9648 ♦
5/8" Particleboard Decking
5
48 24
/8
20
5
48 36
/8
31
5
48 48
/8
40
5
60 24
/8
25
5
60 36
/8
37.5
5
60 48
/8
50
5
72 24
/8
30
5
72 36
/8
45
5
72 48
/8
60
5
96 24
/8
40
5
96 36
/8
60
5
96 48
/8
80
$14.70
22.00
32.00
20.00
30.00
38.00
26.00
36.00
47.00
32.00
48.00
63.00
Corrugated Steel
Decking
Support Angle
Z-Line Stur-D-Stor Shelving
Cat No.
Cat No.
No. Supports Included
BPB-48-24 ♦
2
BPB-48-36 ♦
2
BPB-48-48 ♦
2
BPB-60-24 ♦
2
BPB-60-36 ♦
2
BPB-60-48 ♦
2
BPB-72-24 ♦
3
BPB-72-36 ♦
3
BPB-72-48 ♦
3
BPB-96-24 ♦
4
BPB-96-36 ♦
4
BPB-96-48 ♦
4
Wt. List Price Capacity
18.1
$52.00 4150
18.5
56.00 4150
21
60.00 4150
21
60.00 3800
23
64.00 3800
23
68.00 3800
25
73.00 2750
27
78.00 2750
31
83.00 2750
34
95.00 2150
37
102.00 2150
37
109.00 2150
Note: Safety plugs (included) must be inserted in each end of beam to secure post.
D
H
Wt.
Wire Decking
24 9/16
10.7
36 9/16
16
48 9/16
21
24 9/16
13.3
36 9/16
20
48 9/16
27
16
24 9/16
36 9/16
24
48 9/16
32
24 9/16
21
36 9/16
32
48 9/16
42
List Price
$42.00
59.00
85.00
70.00
83.00
116.00
64.00
89.00
99.00
84.00
118.00
170.00
* Wire decking uses 5 gauge wire and consists of a 2" x 4" mesh pattern.
Additional Support Angles
Cat No.
BPS-24 ♦
BPS-36 ♦
BPS-48 ♦
W
1
1
1
D
H
Wt.
24 115/16
1.3
36 115/16
2.1
48 115/16
2.7
List Price
$4.20
6.00
7.80
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
22 BOLTLESS SHELVING
BULK STORAGE 35
Z-Line Shelving Components:
Posts, Shelf & Deck Supports
Bulk Storage Racks: Uprights
Bulk Storage Shelving allows clear and convenient access from the front or rear. It is
designed to handle capacities of 10,000 lbs. per upright set. It’s easy to create your
own bulk shelving unit:
Please Note
1. Choose the uprights that meet your needs. (Page 34)
2. Select the appropriate deck levels. (Page 35)
3. Choose a decking type. (Page 35)
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
BUF-2472 ♦
BUF-3672 ♦
BUF-4872 ♦
D H Wt. List Price
72" High
13/4 24 72
20 $66.00
13/4 36 72
22
72.00
13/4 48 72
23
78.00
BUF-2484
BUF-3684 ♦
BUF-4884
84" High
13/4 24 84
13/4 36 84
13/4 48 84
BUF-2496 ♦
BUF-3696 ♦
BUF-4896 ♦
96" High
13/4 24 96
13/4 36 96
13/4 48 96
72" High
120" High
168" High
192" High
17,000 lbs. capacity based on maximum vertical
distance of 24" between any two beams on floor.
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
Shelf and Deck Supports
W
Medium-Duty Shelf Supports
Standard Angle Post
24
25
27
92.00
101.00
110.00
28
30
33
88.00
99.00
108.00
120" High
BUF-24120 ♦ 13/4 24 120 33
BUF-36120 ♦ 13/4 36 120 36
BUF-48120 ♦ 13/4 48 120 38
111.00
116.00
125.00
144" High
BUF-24144* 13/4 24 144 40
BUF-36144* 13/4 36 144 43
BUF-48144* 13/4 48 144 46
158.00
169.00
177.00
168" High
BUF-24168* 13/4 24 168 46
BUF-36168* 13/4 36 168 50
BUF-48168* 13/4 48 168 53
189.00
199.00
208.00
192" High
BUF-24192* 13/4 24 192 53
BUF-36192* 13/4 36 192 57
BUF-48192* 13/4 48 192 64
209.00
215.00
225.00
Cat. No.
EUR-36 ♦
EUR-48 ♦
EUR-60 ♦
EUR-72 ♦
EUR-84 ♦
EUR-96 ♦
EUR-108 ♦
EUR-120 ♦
EUR-132
EUR-144 ♦
Length
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
Wt.
2
2.7
3.4
4
4.7
5.4
6
6.7
7.4
8.1
List Price
$6.50
9.00
10.20
12.20
14.10
16.20
18.60
20.00
23.00
24.00
Total weight capacity is not to exceed 8,000 lbs. (2,000 lbs. per post)
per unit, based on 24" centers or less.
Intermediate Post
* Note: Quantities less than 50 uprights please add
$250 list set-up charge.
144" High
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Shelf supports are available in 14 and 16 gauges. Front to back shelf deck supports
help support decking on long spans and work with wide profile shelf supports and
channel beams.
Cat No.
96" High
Match posts with your needs.
Use SUR posts for the most demanding applications.
Use EUR for light or medium weight applications and in conjunction with ZTP posts.
Use ZTP as an intermediate common “T” post.
Cat. No.
ZTP-36
ZTP-48 ♦
ZTP-60 ♦
ZTP-72 ♦
ZTP-84 ♦
ZTP-96 ♦
ZTP-108 ♦
ZTP-120 ♦
ZTP-132
ZTP-144 ♦
Length
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
Wt.
3.9
5.1
6.4
7.7
9
10.3
11.6
12.8
14.1
15.4
List Price
$13.50
17.50
21.00
25.00
29.00
33.00
37.00
41.00
45.00
49.00
Cat. No.
Load Recommended Length Wt.
Capacity Deck Supports
16-Gauge
VDRS-1216 1000
11.5
.6
VDRS-1516 1000
14.5
.8
VDRS-1816 ♦ 1000
17.5
.9
VDRS-2416 ♦ 1000
23.5 1.3
VDRS-3016 ♦ 1000
29.5 1.5
VDRS-3616 ♦ 1000
1
35.5 1.8
VDRS-4216 ♦ 900
1
41.5 2.2
VDRS-4816 ♦ 850
1
47.5 2.5
14-Gauge
VDRS-4814 1000
1
47.5 3.6
VDRS-6014 ♦ 750
1
59.5 4.6
1
65.5 5.0
VDRS-6614 700
VDRS-6914 ♦ 650
2
68.5 5.2
VDRS-7214 ♦ 600
2
71.5 5.4
List
Price
$2.90
3.30
3.80
4.50
5.60
6.40
7.60
8.30
13.30
15.30
16.50
17.10
18.70
Total weight capacity is not to exceed 11,000 lbs. (5,500 lbs. per post)
per unit, based on 24" centers or less.
Medium-Duty Front-To-Back
Deck Supports (for VDRS)
Heavy Angle Post
Cat. No.
SUR-36
SUR-48
SUR-60 ♦
SUR-72 ♦
SUR-84 ♦
SUR-96 ♦
SUR-108
SUR-120 ♦
SUR-132
SUR-144 ♦
SUR-168
SUR-181.5
Length
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
168
181.5
Wt.
2.8
3.7
4.7
5.4
6.5
7.6
8.5
9.2
10.4
11.4
13.3
14.3
List Price
$9.20
12.40
14.40
17.10
19.90
23.00
26.00
28.00
32.00
34.00
40.00
43.00
Cat. No.
FBSV-12
FBSV-15 ♦
FBSV-18 ♦
FBSV-24 ♦
FBSV-30 ♦
FBSV-36 ♦
FBSV-42
FBSV-48 ♦
W
D
H
Wt.
15/8
1 5 /8
1 5 /8
1 5 /8
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
12
15
18
24
30
36
42
48
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
.6
.8
.9
1.3
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
List
Price
$3.60
3.60
3.90
5.00
5.60
6.50
8.80
10.00
Total weight capacity is not to exceed 13,000 lbs. (3,250 lbs. per post)
per unit, based on 24" centers or less.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
34 BULK STORAGE
BOLTLESS SHELVING 23
Z-Line Shelving Components:
Shelf & Deck Supports
Choose from Low Profile supports to maximize shelf openings with thin but strong
shelf supports or Heavy-Duty and Extra Heavy-Duty Channel shelf supports for
greater load capacity.
Tool & Die Rack
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
For extra heavy-duty storage, Tennsco's Heavy Duty Reinforced Shelving offers a
shelf capacity of 4,000 lbs. Constructed of 16-gauge steel shelves and 14-gauge
posts and supports, the unit's superior strength makes it perfect for storing dies,
motors, jigs, fixtures and other heavy materials. Braceless construction allows
easy access from all four sides, and the smooth steel surface makes placing and
removing items much easier than on wood or wire shelves - simply slide items
on and off. A simple design, uncommon for a unit built to withstand such loads,
makes it quick and easy to assemble or rearrange.
Please Note
Standard Color: Medium Grey
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Heavy Duty Reinforced Shelving
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
Extra Heavy-Duty Channel Shelf Supports
Cat. No.
Heavy-Duty Shelf Supports
Cat. No.
LRA-12 ♦
LRA-15 ♦
LRA-16
LRA-18 ♦
LRA-24 ♦
LRA-30 ♦
LRA-32
LRA-36 ♦
LRA-42 ♦
LRA-48 ♦
LRA-60 ♦
LRA-69 ♦
LRA-72 ♦
LRA-84 ♦
LRA-96 ♦
Load Recommended #
Capacity of SDS-dd Supports
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
1
2250
1
2000
1
1800
1
1750
2
1500
3
1250
3
Length
Wt.
11.5
14.5
15.5
17.5
23.5
29.5
31.5
35.5
41.5
47.5
59.5
68.5
71.5
83.5
95.5
.9
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.9
2.3
2.5
2.8
3.3
3.7
4.7
5.4
5.7
6.6
7.5
List
Price
$3.80
4.50
4.90
4.90
6.10
7.40
8.90
8.90
10.60
11.30
14.20
16.30
18.70
24.00
25.00
Load capacities are based on the recommended
number of SDS-dd front-to-back deck supports.
LRC-48 ♦
LRC-60
LRC-72 ♦
LRC-84
LRC-96 ♦
Load Recommended # Length
Capacity of SDS-dd Supports
2500
2250
2000
1750
1600
1
1
2
3
3
47.5
59.5
71.5
83.5
95.5
Wt.
List
Price
5.2 $15.00
6.2 20.00
7.4 22.00
8.7 27.00
9.9 29.00
Load capacities are based on the recommended
number of SDS-dd front-to-back deck supports.
Seismic Support Channel
Cat. No.
SSC-36
SSC-42
SSC-48
SSC-60
SSC-72
SSC-96
Load Recommended #
Capacity of SDS-dd Supports
2750
1
2500
1
2500
1
2250
1
2000
2
1600
3
Length
Wt.
35.5 4.7
41.5 5.5
47.5 6.3
59.5 7.9
71.5 9.5
95.5 12.7
List
Price
$15.70
17.80
20.00
25.00
29.00
38.00
Low Profile Shelf Supports
Cat. No.
Capacity
DRS-1214 ♦
DRS-1514 ♦
DRS-1814 ♦
DRS-2414 ♦
DRS-3014 ♦
DRS-3614 ♦
DRS-4214 ♦
DRS-4814 ♦
DRS-3611 ♦
DRS-4211 ♦
DRS-4811 ♦
24 BOLTLESS SHELVING
Load Length D
Capacity
14-Gauge
600
11.5 27/32
600
14.5 27/32
600
17.5 27/32
600
23.5 27/32
600
29.5 27/32
600
35.5 27/32
550
41.5 27/32
500
47.5 27/32
11-Gauge
850
35.5 27/32
800
41.5 27/32
750
47.5 27/32
H
Wt.
List
Price
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
.5
.7
.9
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.0
2.3
$2.70
3.10
3.50
3.70
4.50
5.20
5.90
6.60
11/8
11/8
11/8
2.8
3.2
3.7
8.70
9.30
10.20
SDS-12 ♦
SDS-15 ♦
SDS-16
SDS-18 ♦
SDS-24 ♦
SDS-30 ♦
SDS-32
SDS-36 ♦
SDS-42
SDS-48 ♦
W
D
H
Wt.
/8
/8
7
/8
7
/8
7
/8
7
/8
7
/8
7
/8
7
/8
7
/8
12
15
16
18
24
30
32
36
42
48
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
1.0
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.5
2.8
3.3
3.8
7
7
RXHS-3618 ♦
RXHS-3624 ♦
RXHS-4818 ♦
RXHS-4824 ♦
RXHS-6024 ♦
RXHS-7224 ♦
RXHS-7236 ♦
RXHS-9624 ♦
RXHS-9636 ♦
4000
4000
4000
4000
3250
2750
2750
2600
2600
W
D
H
Wt.
36
36
48
48
60
72
72
36
36
48
48
60
72
72
96
96
36
36
48
48
60
72
72
96
96
18
24
18
24
24
24
36
18
24
18
24
24
24
36
24
36
18
24
18
24
24
24
36
24
36
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
147
202
181
214
255
305
415
151
206
185
218
259
309
419
413
560
155
210
189
222
263
313
424
417
565
List
Price
$510.00
574.00
611.00
683.00
813.00
980.00
1,333.00
522.00
586.00
623.00
695.00
825.00
992.00
1,344.00
1,394.00
1,760.00
534.00
598.00
635.00
707.00
837.00
1,004.00
1,356.00
1,407.00
1,773.00
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
25
32
32
40
47
57
79
78
108
89.00
99.00
107.00
121.00
149.00
179.00
254.00
266.00
339.00
Extra Shelves
36 18
36 24
48 18
48 24
60 24
72 24
72 36
96 24
96 36
Note: Overall unit capacity 11,000 lbs; 5 shelves included per unit.
Front-To-Back
Deck Supports (Use with LRA & LRC Supports)
Cat. No.
RXHS-361872 ♦
RXHS-362472 ♦
RXHS-481872 ♦
RXHS-482472 ♦
RXHS-602472 ♦
RXHS-722472 ♦
RXHS-723672 ♦
RXHS-361884 ♦
RXHS-362484 ♦
RXHS-481884 ♦
RXHS-482484 ♦
RXHS-602484 ♦
RXHS-722484 ♦
RXHS-723684 ♦
RXHS-962484 ♦
RXHS-963684 ♦
RXHS-361896 ♦
RXHS-362496 ♦
RXHS-481896 ♦
RXHS-482496 ♦
RXHS-602496 ♦
RXHS-722496 ♦
RXHS-723696 ♦
RXHS-962496 ♦
RXHS-963696 ♦
Shelf Capacity
(lbs.)
4000
4000
4000
4000
3250
2750
2750
4000
4000
4000
4000
3250
2750
2750
2600
2600
4000
4000
4000
4000
3250
2750
2750
2600
2600
List
Price
$3.00
3.50
4.20
4.20
5.10
6.50
7.30
7.30
9.60
9.60
TOOL & DIE RACK 33
Q-Line Ledge Units, Door Sets &
Foreman’s Desk
Foreman’s Desks provide a convenient yet sturdy writing surface, ideal for the industrial
workplace, businesses, schools and institutions. Choose from Open Style, Closed Style
and Wall Mounted. Optional Door Sets include easy opening metal recessed handle
with lock to protect and secure shelving contents.
Z-Line Shelving Components:
Decking and Steel Shelves
Please Note
Standard Color: Medium Grey
Choose from three great options for shelf decking: industrial grade 5/8" particle board
decking, wire decking or steel shelves.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Wire decking and
steel shelves available in Medium
Grey only.
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey.
Box rails available in Sand only.
Particle Board Decking is available in
Natural only.
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Wire Decking
Cat. No.
Particle Board Decking
ILU-3637
HD-3637*
HD-3687*
(HDS unit shown)
Ledge Unit and Door Sets for Q-Line Shelving
Hinged Door Units
(With 7 Openings)
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
ILU-3637 ♦
36
HD-3637RH ♦
HD-3687RH ♦
36
36
D
H
Ledge Unit*
12
39
Door Sets*
39
87
Wt.
List
Price
45
$148.00
28
63
235.00
326.00
Cat No.
W
D
H
Wt.
HDS-8712RH ♦ 36 12* 87 172
HDS-8718RH ♦ 36 18* 87 197
HDS-8724RH ♦ 36 24* 87 221
List
Price
669.00
736.00
802.00
* Depth does not include 11/4" depth of door frame.
* Note: Shelving units sold separately.
SR-59
Foreman's Desk
- Assembly required.
SR-57
SR-58
32 FOREMAN'S DESK & LEDGE UNITS
Cat. No.
W
SR-57 ♦
341/2
SR-58 ♦
341/2
SR-59 ♦
341/2
D
H
Open Style
29
53
Closed Style
29
53
Wall Mounted
29
Wt.
List
Price
97
$484.00
155
772.00
83
493.00
Cat. No.
W
D
PB-3612 ♦
PB-3615 ♦
PB-3618 ♦
PB-3624 ♦
PB-3630 ♦
PB-3636 ♦
PB-4212 ♦
PB-4215 ♦
PB-4218 ♦
PB-4224 ♦
PB-4230 ♦
PB-4236 ♦
PB-4812 ♦
PB-4815 ♦
PB-4818 ♦
PB-4824 ♦
PB-4830 ♦
PB-4836 ♦
PB-4842 ♦
PB-4848 ♦
PB-6024 ♦
PB-6030 ♦
PB-6036 ♦
PB-6048 ♦
PB-6915 ♦
PB-6930 ♦
PB-7224 ♦
PB-7230 ♦
PB-7236 ♦
PB-7248 ♦
PB-8424 ♦
PB-8430 ♦
PB-8436 ♦
PB-8448 ♦
PB-9624 ♦
PB-9630 ♦
PB-9636 ♦
PB-9648 ♦
36
36
36
36
36
36
42
42
42
42
42
42
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
60
60
60
60
69
69
72
72
72
72
84
84
84
84
96
96
96
96
12
15
18
24
30
36
12
15
18
24
30
36
12
15
18
24
30
36
42
48
24
30
36
48
15
30
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
H
Wt.
/8
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
7.5
9.4
11.3
15
18.8
22.5
8.8
10.9
13.1
17.5
21.9
26.3
10
12.5
15
20
25
31
35
40
25
31.3
37.5
50
18
35.9
30
37.5
45
60
35
50
52.5
70
44
50
60
80
5
5
List
Price
$6.00
6.60
9.00
12.00
15.10
18.00
7.60
8.20
10.80
14.20
16.70
20.00
8.10
10.00
12.00
14.70
19.90
22.00
34.00
32.00
20.00
24.00
30.00
38.00
14.00
34.00
26.00
28.00
36.00
47.00
32.00
37.00
48.00
63.00
32.00
37.00
48.00
63.00
ZWD-3612
ZWD-3618 ♦
ZWD-3624 ♦
ZWD-3636 ♦
ZWD-4218
ZWD-4224
ZWD-4230
ZWD-4236
ZWD-4812
ZWD-4815
ZWD-4818 ♦
ZWD-4824 ♦
ZWD-4836 ♦
ZWD-4848
ZWD-6024
ZWD-6036
ZWD-6048
ZWD-6930
ZWD-7224
ZWD-7236
ZWD-7248
ZWD-9624 ♦
ZWD-9630 ♦
ZWD-9648
W
D
36
36
36
36
42
42
42
42
48
48
48
48
48
48
60
60
60
69
72
72
72
96
96
96
12
18
24
36
18
24
30
36
12
15
18
24
36
48
24
36
48
30
24
36
48
24
30
48
H
Wt.
/16
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
4
6
8
12
7.1
9.3
11.7
14.2
5.4
7
8
10.7
16
21
13.3
20
27
19.2
16
24
32
21
32
42
H
Wt.
5
5
List
Price
$23.00
28.00
36.00
49.00
41.00
46.00
52.00
52.00
26.00
40.00
32.00
42.00
59.00
85.00
70.00
83.00
116.00
78.00
64.00
89.00
99.00
84.00
118.00
170.00
Note: 96" Decking comes in two pieces.
Steel Shelves
Cat. No.
ZMS-3612 ♦
ZMS-3618 ♦
ZMS-3624 ♦
ZMS-3636 ♦
ZMS-4212 ♦
ZMS-4218 ♦
ZMS-4224 ♦
ZMS-4236 ♦
ZMS-4812 ♦
ZMS-4818 ♦
ZMS-4824 ♦
ZMS-4836 ♦
ZSC-1 ♦
W
D
12
15/16
6.7
36
36
18
15/16
8.8
36
24
15/16
10.9
36
36
15/16
17.9
42
12
15/16
7.7
42
18
15/16
10.1
42
24
15/16
12.5
42
36
15/16
21
48
12
15/16
8.7
48
18
15/16
11.4
48
24
15/16
14.1
48
36
15/16
23
Replacement Shelf Clips
.1
List
Price
$23.00
28.00
34.00
64.00
29.00
36.00
43.00
70.00
29.00
36.00
43.00
77.00
.87
BOLTLESS SHELVING 25
Z-Line Shelving Components: Aisle/Wall
Ties, Hang Rods & Accessories
Z-Line provides versatility with a variety of accessories to design shelving configurations to
fit your every need. Aisle and Wall ties provide stability where you need it the most.
Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Components
Please Note
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Shelf Box: Shale grey only
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
Shelves (22 Gauge)
Cross Aisle Ties
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
CAT-18 ♦
CAT-24
CAT-30
CAT-36 ♦
CAT-42
CAT-48
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
18
24
30
36
42
48
23/8
23/8
23/8
23/8
23/8
23/8
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.3
3.8
Adjustable Aisle Tie
List
Price
$10.00
11.00
13.30
14.20
15.70
20.00
Cat. No.
Cat No.
W
KCAT-1 ♦
D
3
H
*
Wt.
1
6.0
List
Price
$26.00
* Depth adjusts from 36" to 60".
Soft Top Edge Caps
Cat. No.
EURPC ♦
ZTPPC ♦
SURPC ♦
Fits
W
D
H
EUR uprights 11/2 11/2 7/16
ZTP uprights 37/16 2 7/16
SUR uprights 13/4 23/4 7/16
Wt.
.1
.1
.1
List
Price
$ .88
1.30
.85
Nylon Protective Caps available in black only.
Hard Nylon Foot Caps
Cat. No.
Wall Tie
Cat. No.
WT-9 ♦
W
D
H
Wt.
91/4
13/8
23/8
.7
List
Price
$4.90
ZTPNF
SURNF
EURNF
EURNF ♦
ZTPNF ♦
SURNF ♦
Fits
W
D
EUR uprights 11/2 11/2
ZTP uprights 37/16 2
SUR uprights 13/4 23/4
H
Wt.
/4
3
/4
3
/4
.1
.2
.2
H
Wt.
/16
/16
12.8
13.0
3
List
Price
$ .80
1.30
1.10
Nylon Protective Caps available in black only.
Z-Line Caster Kit
Cat. No.
Hang Rods For DRS Supports
Cat. No.
ZHR-36 ♦
ZHR-48 ♦
W
363/16
483/16
D
/8
/8
7
7
H
11/16
11/16
Wt.
2.3
3.1
List
Price
$7.60
9.70
ZLCK-1
ZLCK-2
Fits
2 fixed, 2 swivel
4 swivel
W
D
11/2 11/2
37/16 2
7
7
List
Price
$132.00
135.00
Cap. W
Q2-3612 ♦ 750
Q2-3615 ♦ 750
Q2-3618 ♦ 750
Q2-3624 ♦ 700
Q2-3630* ♦ 600
Q2-4212 ♦ 600
Q2-4215 ♦ 600
Q2-4218 ♦ 600
Q2-4224 ♦ 550
Q2-4230* ♦ 500
Q2-4812 ♦
Q2-4815 ♦
Q2-4818 ♦
Q2-4824 ♦
Q2-4830* ♦
500
500
500
450
400
Shelves (20 Gauge)
D
H
36" Wide
36 12 15/16
36 15 15/16
36 18 15/16
36 24 15/16
36 30 15/16
42" Wide
42 12 15/16
42 15 15/16
42 18 15/16
42 24 15/16
42 30 15/16
48" Wide
48 12 15/16
48 15 15/16
48 18 15/16
48 24 15/16
48 30 15/16
Wt.
List
Price
6.7
7.8
8.8
10.9
12.9
$22.00
28.00
27.00
33.00
47.00
7.7
8.9
10.1
12.5
14.8
28.00
34.00
35.00
42.00
52.00
8.7
10.1
11.4
14.1
16.7
28.00
36.00
35.00
42.00
61.00
4 shelf clips per shelf included.
*Note: Quantities less than 250.
Please add $300 list set-up charge
Cat No.
Q-3612 ♦ 1000
Q-3615* ♦ 900
Q-3618 ♦ 850
Q-3624 ♦ 800
Q-3630* ♦ 800
Q-3636* ♦ 600
Q-4212*
Q-4215*
Q-4218 ♦
Q-4224 ♦
Q-4230*
Q-4236*
800
700
650
650
600
550
Q-4812 ♦
Q-4815*
Q-4818 ♦
Q-4824 ♦
Q-4830*
Q-4836* ♦
650
600
550
550
500
450
Cat. No.
TP-1 ♦
End Sway Braces
W
D
H
Wt.
3
-
23/4
.2
List
Price
$1.50
Anchor Plate
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
ZFA-1 ♦
13/8
11/2
23/8
.2
List
Price
$2.70
H
Wt.
PHR-36 ♦
PHR-48 ♦
361/4
481/4
15/16
15/16
11/16
11/16
2.9
3.8
List
Price
$8.70
11.10
Cat No.
Shelf Depth
ESB-1224 ♦ 12" to 24"
ESB-3036 ♦ 30" to 36"
Cat No.
RSBU ♦
RSB-48 ♦
Cat No.
FP-1
Post Splice Angle
Cat. No.
PSA-2
Shelf Width
36" to 42"
48"
Wt.
2.4
3.1
List
Price
8
9.3
10.5
13
15.4
17.9
$25.00
32.00
32.00
39.00
53.00
63.00
9.2
10.6
12
14.9
17.7
21
31.00
39.00
39.00
48.00
59.00
69.00
10.4
12
13.6
16.8
19.9
23
32.00
43.00
40.00
49.00
66.00
76.00
Cat No.
Cap. W
D
H
36" Wide
Q-3624-S* 1000 36 24 15/16
Q-3630-S* 1000 36 30 15/16
Q-3636-S* 750 36 36 15/16
42" Wide
Q-4224-S* 800 42 24 15/16
Q-4230-S* 750 42 30 15/16
Q-4236-S* 700 42 36 15/16
48" Wide
Q-4824-S* 700 48 24 15/16
Q-4830-S* 650 48 30 15/16
Q-4836-S* 600 48 36 15/16
Wt.
List
Price
15.4 $57.00
18.1 72.00
21 84.00
17.6
21
24
67.00
80.00
91.00
19.8
23
27
74.00
87.00
98.00
4 shelf clips per shelf included.
Shelves are made
from Box Form
construction with
closed welded corners.
List Price
$8.10
9.50
W
D
H
Wt.
19/16
19/16
61/2
1.1
List
Price
$6.70
Cat No.
W
FBS-362 ♦ 36
FBS-422 ♦ 42
FBS-482 ♦ 48
D H
Wt.
/2 1 7/8 1.2
1
/2 1 7/8 1.5
1
/2 1 7/8 1.7
1
List Price
$7.30
7.80
8.40
Shelf Boxes
Wt.
3.2
3.7
W
D
H
Wt.
11/ 2 1/16 21/4 0.1
Used to secure uprights to the floor.
Use 1 per Angle Post; use 2 per ZTP Post.
26 BOLTLESS SHELVING
36" Wide
36 12 15/16
36 15 15/16
36 18 15/16
36 24 15/16
36 30 15/16
36 36 15/16
42" Wide
42 12 15/16
42 15 15/16
42 18 15/16
42 24 15/16
42 30 15/16
42 36 15/16
48" Wide
48 12 15/16
48 15 15/16
48 18 15/16
48 24 15/16
48 30 15/16
48 36 15/16
Wt.
Front Base Strips
List Price
$10.10
10.50
Foot Plate
Clothing Hang Rods For LRA or LRC Supports
D
H
4 shelf clips per shelf included.
- Assembly required.
Rear Sway Braces
W
Shelves with Stiffeners
D
Maximum unit size is 60" w x 30" d.
Tie Plate
Cat. No.
Cap. W
List Price
$.74
Cat No.
BX-512
BX-518
BX-812
BX-818
BX-1112
BX-1118
W D H
Wt.
5 5/8 11 4 9/16 2.5
5 5/8 17 4 9/16 3.3
8 3/8 11 4 9/16 3.5
8 3/8 17 4 9/16 4.3
11 1/4 11 4 9/16 4.5
11 1/4 17 4 9/16 5.3
Shelf Box Dividers*
BXD-5 ♦
5 3/16 1/32 4 1/2 0.2
BXD-8 ♦
8 1/32 4 1/2 0.3
BXD-11 ♦ 10 7/8 1/32 4 1/2 0.4
List Price
$14.00
17.10
16.70
19.80
20.00
25.00
1.00
1.30
1.70
* Dividers are galvanized, not painted.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
INDUSTRIAL SHELVING 31
Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Components
Create your own custom shelving system to fit your specific requirements. It's simple:
1. Choose the posts that meet your needs. (Page 30)
2. Select the desired shelves for your unit. (Page 31)
3. Choose braces or closed panels. (Page 30 & 31)
4. Add optional panels and doors. (Page 30 & 32)
Automotive Shelving & Tire Racks
Automotive Shelving is specifically designed for efficiently storing automotive parts.
Shelves can be reconfigured easily by simply sliding out from the front and repositioning
in 11/2" increments without tools, clips or extra hardware. Each unit can be customized
to create individual spaces or use handy bin boxes for small or loose parts. Use solid end
panels for a smooth, finished appearance. Z-Line Tire Rack conveniently stores tires for
easy access and display. Uses vertical height to maximize available floor space. Available
in single or double entry units.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
- Assembly required.
Uprights (Sold as pairs)
Cat No.
Offset Angle Post
Cat No.
W
OAP-39
OAP-48
OAP-51
OAP-75 ♦
OAP-84 ♦
OAP-87 ♦
OAP-99 ♦
OAP-108
OAP-111 ♦
OAP-123 ♦
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
D
H
17/8 39
17/8 48
17/8 51
17/8 75
17/8 84
17/8 87
17/8 99
17/8 108
17/8 111
17/8 123
Wt. List
Price
2.4 $6.70
2.9
8.10
3.1
8.70
4.6 12.30
5.1 13.60
5.3 14.00
6.0 16.10
6.8 20.00
6.8 18.10
7.5 20.00
Cat No.
BTP-75 ♦
BTP-84 ♦
BTP-87 ♦
P-1242
P-1284
P-1296
Heavy Duty Beaded Post
Beaded Post
W
D
/8
/8
3
/8
17/8
17/8
17/8
3
3
H
Wt. List
Price
75 5.3 $17.90
84 5.9 20.00
87 6.1 20.00
Cat No.
W
HBP-75
HBP-84 ♦
HBP-87 ♦
HBP-99 ♦
HBP-111
HBP-123
All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to
exceed 3,500 lbs. (2 BTP's in front & 2 OAP's in rear) per
unit, based 24" centers or less.
D
/4
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
H
27/8 75
27/8 84
27/8 87
27/8 99
27/8 111
27/8 123
3
3
Wt. List
Price
8.4 $36.00
9.4 38.00
9.8 38.00
11.1 40.00
12.5 45.00
13.9 49.00
All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to
exceed 5,000 lbs. (2 HTP's in front & 2 OAP's in rear) per
unit, based 24" centers or less.
BP-3639
BP-3648
BP-3651 ♦
BP-3675 ♦
BP-3684 ♦
BP-3687 ♦
Wt.
36" Wide
39 9.8
48 12.1
51 12.9
75 18.9
84
21
87
22
List
Price
Cat No.
$36.00
42.00
44.00
62.00
69.00
73.00
BP-4239
BP-4248
BP-4251
BP-4275
BP-4284 ♦
BP-4287 ♦
H
Wt.
42" Wide*
39 11.8
48 14.5
51 15.4
75
23
84
25
87
26
List
Price
$45.00
52.00
56.00
77.00
86.00
88.00
*NOTE: 42" backs consist of two pieces.
Cat No.
H
Wt.
EP-1239
EP-1248
EP-1251 ♦
EP-1275 ♦
EP-1284 ♦
EP-1287 ♦
EP-1539
EP-1548
EP-1551 ♦
EP-1575 ♦
EP-1584 ♦
EP-1587 ♦
EP-1839
EP-1848
EP-1851 ♦
EP-1875 ♦
EP-1884 ♦
EP-1887 ♦
30 INDUSTRIAL SHELVING
H
12” Deep
39
48
51
75
84
87
15” Deep
39
48
51
75
84
87
18” Deep
39
48
51
75
84
87
Wt.
List
Price
2.7 $11.00
3.3
13.70
3.5 14.40
5.1
19.70
5.7
22.00
6
20.00
Cat No.
EP-2439
EP-2448
EP-2451 ♦
EP-2475 ♦
EP-2484 ♦
EP-2487 ♦
3.7
4.5
4.8
7.1
7.9
8.2
$14.20
16.50
17.30
24.00
27.00
27.00
EP-3039
EP-3048
EP-3051
EP-3075
EP-3084
EP-3087
4.5
5.5
5.9
8.6
9.6
10
16.90
19.80
21.00
29.00
33.00
33.00
EP-3639
EP-3648
EP-3651
EP-3675
EP-3684
EP-3687
H
Wt.
24” Deep
39
6.8
48
7.5
51
8
75 11.7
84 13.1
87 13.6
30” Deep
39
7.9
48
9.7
51 10.3
75 15.2
84
17
87 17.6
36” Deep
39
9.8
48 12.1
51 12.9
75 18.9
84
21
87
22
30.00
36.00
39.00
55.00
61.00
63.00
P-30
P-45
P-60
3 12 3
3 12 41/2
3 12 6
Bin Boxes
Cat No.
List
Price
0.7 $7.30
0.9
7.80
1.0
7.70
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
Bin Box
51/2 12 31/4 2 $22.00
Bin Box Divider
53/16 1/32 29/16 .1
1.20
P-55
Label Holders
Cat No.
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
Short Width - Use Between Dividers
P-3
3
-
/4
3
.1
$ .74
.3
2.30
Full Shelf-Width
Cat No.
W
D
H
Wt.
P-42E
P-84E
P-96E
W
D
H Wt.
List
Price
11/16 123/32 42 11 $30.00
11/16 123/32 84 22 60.00
11/16 123/32 96 25 72.00
P-38
351/4
11
/64 7/8
Fastener For Full Shelf-Width Holders
P-38F
-
-
-
.1
.11
Tops, Bottoms, Shelves
Cat No.
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
Top
P-1238 377/8 121/8 11/8 6.3 $24.00
Bottom
P-12B 36 117/8 31/16 7
25.00
Shelf
P-12
357/8 117/8 7/8 6
16.00
Pre-Configured Shelving Units
Cat No. W
P-S84
P-8417
P-8401
P-8411
List
Price
25.00
30.00
33.00
46.00
51.00
53.00
Wt.
End Panels (Sold in pairs)
*NOTE: 48" backs consist of two pieces.
38
38
38
38
D
12
12
12
12
H
Wt.
84 78
84 396
84 114
84 150
List
Price
$244.00
2,892.00
340.00
436.00
Units include back but no end panels.
Order end panels separately to provide
flush finished ends for row. Dimensions
shown are outside dimensions.
22.00
26.00
26.00
39.00
44.00
42.00
H
When placing units back to back (as in a
double-face application), units may share
a common back.
- Assembly required.
Tire Racks
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
P-55D
List
Price
3
P-3842 37 /412 42 17.3 $51.00
P-3884 373/412 84 32.9 93.00
P-3896 373/412 96 37.6 108.00
End Panels
Cat No.
List
Price
12 42 16.0 $61.00
12 84 31.8 102.00
12 96 36.0 113.00
D
Wt.
W
Cat No.
List
Price
48" Wide*
39
14 $50.00
48
17 59.00
51 18.1 63.00
75
27 86.00
84
30 96.00
87
31 95.00
BP-4839
BP-4848
BP-4851 ♦
BP-4875 ♦
BP-4884 ♦
BP-4887 ♦
15
H
Cat No.
Backs
Back Panels
H
/16
/16
15
/16
15
D
Sliding Dividers
All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not
to exceed 5,000 lbs. (1250 lbs. per post) per unit, based
24" centers or less.
Cat No.
W
Please Note
Automotive Shelving
Standard Colors: Medium Grey
P-S84
P-8401
P-8411
P-8417
Tire Rack
- Assembly required.
Bin Dividers
Cat No.
D
H
BD-1209 ♦
BD-1212 ♦
BD-1809
BD-1812 ♦
BD-2409*
BD-2412
12
12
18
18
24
24
9
12
9
12
9
12
Wt. List
Price
1
$4.70
1.3
7.10
1.5
6.50
2
8.00
1.9
10.20
2.7
11.80
* If ordering less than 250 pieces, add $300
to list price. (includes set-up change)
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
Number of
Openings
Tire Starter
Capacity
W
D
H
60
60
60
60
21*
21*
21*
21*
60
84
120
144
2
3
4
5
16
24
32
40
60
60
60
60
42*
42*
42*
42*
60
84
120
144
4
6
8
10
32
48
64
80
Cat.No.
Wt.
List
Price
Single Entry
ZST-6060S ♦
49 $130.00
ZST-6084S ♦
54 174.00
ZST-60120S ♦
76 253.00
ZST-60144S ♦ 104 341.00
Double Entry
ZDT-6060S ♦
81 281.00
ZDT-6084S ♦
110 369.00
ZDT-60120S ♦ 149 488.00
ZDT-60144S ♦ 205 664.00
Cat.No.
Add-On
Wt.
Single Entry
ZST-6060A ♦
35
ZST-6084A ♦
50
ZST-60120A ♦
69
ZST-60144A ♦
95
Double Entry
ZDT-6060A ♦
96
ZDT-6084A ♦ 106
ZDT-60120A ♦ 144
ZDT-60144A ♦ 199
List
Price
$115.00
160.00
226.00
306.00
263.00
352.00
472.00
648.00
NOTE: Single Entry units must be tied to wall.
*Single Entry units include one 12” deep unit and one 9” wall tie. Double Entry units include two 12” deep units and one 18” deep
cross aisle tie.
AUTOMOTIVE SHELVING 27
Q-Line Industrial Shelving:
Pre-configured Units
Cat No.
Starter Units
Q-Line Open Style Starter Units
W D H
Wt. List Price
20 Gauge 5 Shelves
QOH5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
69 $207.00
QOH5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87
82 242.00
QOH5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87
94 277.00
QOH5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87
82 242.00
98 282.00
QOH5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87
QOH5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 114 327.00
20 Gauge 6 Shelves
QOH6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
77 232.00
QOH6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87
92 274.00
QOH6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 107 316.00
QOH6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87
92 274.00
QOH6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 111 322.00
QOH6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 131 376.00
20 Gauge 7 Shelves
QOH7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
85 257.00
QOH7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 103 306.00
QOH7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 120 355.00
QOH7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 103 306.00
QOH7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 125 362.00
QOH7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 147 425.00
20 Gauge 8 Shelves
QOH8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
93 282.00
QOH8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 113 338.00
QOH8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 133 394.00
QOH8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 113 338.00
QOH8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 139 402.00
QOH8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 164 474.00
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Cat No.
W D H
Wt. List Price
22 Gauge 5 Shelves
63 $191.00
QO5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
QO5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87
73 217.00
QO5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87
84 247.00
73 222.00
QO5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87
QO5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87
87 257.00
QO5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 100 292.00
22 Gauge 6 Shelves
QO6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
69 213.00
82 244.00
QO6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87
QO6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87
95 280.00
QO6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87
82 250.00
QO6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87
98 292.00
QO6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 114 334.00
22 Gauge 7 Shelves
QO7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
76 234.00
QO7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87
91 271.00
QO7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 106 313.00
90 278.00
QO7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87
QO7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 109 327.00
QO7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 128 376.00
22 Gauge 8 Shelves
QO8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
83 256.00
QO8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 100 298.00
QO8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 116 346.00
99 306.00
QO8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87
QO8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 121 362.00
QO8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 143 418.00
Q-Line Closed Style Pre-Configured Units are designed to store small or fragile items that
need to be protected. Closed Style units utilize steel back and side panels to help prevent
items from accidentally falling off. Heavy-duty shelves with box beam construction offer
load-bearing capacities up to 750 lbs. per shelf on 22-gauge shelves and up to 1,000 lbs.
on 20-gauge shelves. Also available in a build-your-own format (Page 30-32).
Assembly Required.
Q-Line Closed Style Starter Units
Cat No.
Starter Units
Q-Line Open Style Pre-Configured Units are designed for those storage applications that
demand strength and versatility. Open Style units are perfect for storing packaged items,
containers and tools. Heavy-duty shelves with welded box form construction offer loadbearing capacities up to 750 lbs. per shelf on 22-gauge shelves and up to 1,000 lbs. on
20-gauge shelves. Also available in a build-your-own format (Page 30-32).
Assembly Required.
Q-Line Industrial Shelving:
Pre-configured Units
Note: Starter Units include: 4 off-set angle posts, 2 side braces, 1 back brace and shelves.
Adder Units
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
W D H Wt. List Price
20 Gauge 5 Shelves
62 $191.00
QOH5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
QOH5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
75 226.00
QOH5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87
87 261.00
QOH5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
75 226.00
QOH5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87
91 266.00
QOH5-4824AB 48 24 87 107 311.00
20 Gauge 6 Shelves
QOH6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
70 216.00
QOH6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
85 258.00
QOH6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 100 300.00
QOH6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
85 258.00
QOH6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 104 306.00
QOH6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 124 360.00
20 Gauge 7 Shelves
QOH7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
78 241.00
QOH7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
96 290.00
QOH7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 113 339.00
QOH7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
96 290.00
QOH7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 118 346.00
QOH7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 140 409.00
20 Gauge 8 Shelves
QOH8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
86 266.00
QOH8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 106 322.00
QOH8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 123 367.00
QOH8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 322.00
QOH8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 132 386.00
QOH8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 157 458.00
Cat No.
W D H
Wt. List Price
22 Gauge 5 Shelves
QO5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
56 $175.00
QO5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
66 201.00
QO5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87
77 231.00
QO5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
66 206.00
QO5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87
80 241.00
93 276.00
QO5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87
22 Gauge 6 Shelves
QO6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
62 195.00
QO6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
75 228.00
QO6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87
88 264.00
QO6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
75 234.00
QO6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87
91 276.00
QO6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 107 318.00
22 Gauge 7 Shelves
QO7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
69 218.00
QO7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
84 255.00
QO7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87
99 297.00
QO7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
84 262.00
QO7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 103 311.00
QO7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 122 360.00
22 Gauge 8 Shelves
QO8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
76 240.00
QO8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
93 282.00
QO8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 116 350.00
QO8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
92 290.00
QO8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 114 346.00
QO8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 136 402.00
Note: Adder Units include: 2 off-set angle posts, 1 beaded post, 1 side brace, 1 back brace and shelves.
28 INDUSTRIAL SHELVING
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Cat No.
W D H Wt.
List Price
22 Gauge 5 Shelves
QC5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
89 $278.00
QC5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 107 330.00
QC5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 125 378.00
QC5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 108 331.00
QC5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 129 392.00
QC5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 150 445.00
22 Gauge 6 Shelves
QC6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
95 299.00
QC6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 116 357.00
QC6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 136 411.00
QC6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 116 359.00
QC6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 141 427.00
QC6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 164 487.00
22 Gauge 7 Shelves
QC7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 102 321.00
QC7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 125 383.00
QC7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 147 443.00
QC7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 125 386.00
QC7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 152 461.00
QC7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 178 528.00
22 Gauge 8 Shelves
QC8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 109 343.00
QC8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 134 410.00
QC8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 158 476.00
QC8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 134 414.00
QC8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 163 496.00
QC8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 192 570.00
Note: Starter Units include: 4 off-set angle posts, 2 sides, 1 back and shelves.
Q-Line Closed Style Adder Units
Cat No.
Adder Units
Cat No.
Q-Line Open Style Adder Units
W D H Wt. List Price
20 Gauge 5 Shelves
QCH5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
95 $294.00
QCH5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 116 355.00
QCH5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 135 408.00
QCH5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 116 351.00
QCH5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 140 417.00
QCH5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 163 480.00
20 Gauge 6 Shelves
QCH6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 103 319.00
QCH6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 126 387.00
QCH6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 148 447.00
QCH6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 127 383.00
QCH6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 154 457.00
QCH6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 180 529.00
20 Gauge 7 Shelves
QCH7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 111 343.00
QCH7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 137 418.00
QCH7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 161 485.00
QCH7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 137 414.00
QCH7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 167 496.00
QCH7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 197 577.00
20 Gauge 8 Shelves
QCH8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 119 368.00
QCH8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 147 450.00
QCH8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 174 524.00
QCH8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 147 446.00
QCH8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 181 536.00
QCH8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 214 626.00
Please Note
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
W D H Wt. List Price
20 Gauge 5 Shelves
QCH5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 85 $266.00
QCH5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 101 314.00
QCH5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 117 358.00
QCH5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 323.00
QCH5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 126 376.00
QCH5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 145 430.00
20 Gauge 6 Shelves
QCH6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 93 291.00
QCH6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 112 346.00
QCH6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 130 397.00
QCH6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 116 355.00
QCH6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 139 416.00
QCH6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 162 479.00
20 Gauge 7 Shelves
QCH7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 101 315.00
QCH7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 122 377.00
QCH7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 143 435.00
QCH7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 127 386.00
QCH7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 153 455.00
QCH7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 179 527.00
20 Gauge 8 Shelves
QCH8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 109 340.00
QCH8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 133 409.00
QCH8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 156 474.00
QCH8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 137 418.00
QCH8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 167 495.00
QCH8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 196 576.00
Cat No.
W D H Wt. List Price
22 Gauge 5 Shelves
QC5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
78 $250.00
QC5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
93 289.00
QC5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 107 328.00
QC5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
97 303.00
QC5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 115 351.00
QC5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 132 395.00
22 Gauge 6 Shelves
QC6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
85 271.00
QC6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 102 316.00
QC6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 118 361.00
QC6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 331.00
QC6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 126 386.00
QC6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 146 437.00
22 Gauge 7 Shelves
QC7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
92 293.00
QC7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 110 342.00
QC7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 129 393.00
QC7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 115 358.00
QC7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 138 420.00
QC7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 160 478.00
22 Gauge 8 Shelves
QC8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
98 315.00
QC8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 119 369.00
QC8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 140 426.00
QC8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 123 386.00
QC8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 149 455.00
QC8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 174 520.00
Note: Adder Units include: 2 off-set angle posts, 1 beaded post, 1 side, 1 back and shelves.
INDUSTRIAL SHELVING 29
Q-Line Industrial Shelving:
Pre-configured Units
Cat No.
Starter Units
Q-Line Open Style Starter Units
W D H
Wt. List Price
20 Gauge 5 Shelves
QOH5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
69 $207.00
QOH5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87
82 242.00
QOH5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87
94 277.00
QOH5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87
82 242.00
98 282.00
QOH5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87
QOH5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 114 327.00
20 Gauge 6 Shelves
QOH6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
77 232.00
QOH6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87
92 274.00
QOH6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 107 316.00
QOH6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87
92 274.00
QOH6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 111 322.00
QOH6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 131 376.00
20 Gauge 7 Shelves
QOH7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
85 257.00
QOH7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 103 306.00
QOH7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 120 355.00
QOH7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 103 306.00
QOH7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 125 362.00
QOH7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 147 425.00
20 Gauge 8 Shelves
QOH8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
93 282.00
QOH8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 113 338.00
QOH8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 133 394.00
QOH8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 113 338.00
QOH8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 139 402.00
QOH8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 164 474.00
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Cat No.
W D H
Wt. List Price
22 Gauge 5 Shelves
63 $191.00
QO5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
QO5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87
73 217.00
QO5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87
84 247.00
73 222.00
QO5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87
QO5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87
87 257.00
QO5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 100 292.00
22 Gauge 6 Shelves
QO6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
69 213.00
82 244.00
QO6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87
QO6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87
95 280.00
QO6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87
82 250.00
QO6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87
98 292.00
QO6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 114 334.00
22 Gauge 7 Shelves
QO7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
76 234.00
QO7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87
91 271.00
QO7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 106 313.00
90 278.00
QO7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87
QO7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 109 327.00
QO7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 128 376.00
22 Gauge 8 Shelves
QO8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
83 256.00
QO8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 100 298.00
QO8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 116 346.00
99 306.00
QO8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87
QO8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 121 362.00
QO8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 143 418.00
Q-Line Closed Style Pre-Configured Units are designed to store small or fragile items that
need to be protected. Closed Style units utilize steel back and side panels to help prevent
items from accidentally falling off. Heavy-duty shelves with box beam construction offer
load-bearing capacities up to 750 lbs. per shelf on 22-gauge shelves and up to 1,000 lbs.
on 20-gauge shelves. Also available in a build-your-own format (Page 30-32).
Assembly Required.
Q-Line Closed Style Starter Units
Cat No.
Starter Units
Q-Line Open Style Pre-Configured Units are designed for those storage applications that
demand strength and versatility. Open Style units are perfect for storing packaged items,
containers and tools. Heavy-duty shelves with welded box form construction offer loadbearing capacities up to 750 lbs. per shelf on 22-gauge shelves and up to 1,000 lbs. on
20-gauge shelves. Also available in a build-your-own format (Page 30-32).
Assembly Required.
Q-Line Industrial Shelving:
Pre-configured Units
Note: Starter Units include: 4 off-set angle posts, 2 side braces, 1 back brace and shelves.
Adder Units
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
W D H Wt. List Price
20 Gauge 5 Shelves
62 $191.00
QOH5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
QOH5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
75 226.00
QOH5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87
87 261.00
QOH5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
75 226.00
QOH5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87
91 266.00
QOH5-4824AB 48 24 87 107 311.00
20 Gauge 6 Shelves
QOH6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
70 216.00
QOH6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
85 258.00
QOH6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 100 300.00
QOH6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
85 258.00
QOH6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 104 306.00
QOH6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 124 360.00
20 Gauge 7 Shelves
QOH7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
78 241.00
QOH7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
96 290.00
QOH7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 113 339.00
QOH7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
96 290.00
QOH7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 118 346.00
QOH7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 140 409.00
20 Gauge 8 Shelves
QOH8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
86 266.00
QOH8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 106 322.00
QOH8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 123 367.00
QOH8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 322.00
QOH8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 132 386.00
QOH8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 157 458.00
Cat No.
W D H
Wt. List Price
22 Gauge 5 Shelves
QO5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
56 $175.00
QO5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
66 201.00
QO5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87
77 231.00
QO5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
66 206.00
QO5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87
80 241.00
93 276.00
QO5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87
22 Gauge 6 Shelves
QO6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
62 195.00
QO6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
75 228.00
QO6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87
88 264.00
QO6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
75 234.00
QO6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87
91 276.00
QO6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 107 318.00
22 Gauge 7 Shelves
QO7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
69 218.00
QO7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
84 255.00
QO7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87
99 297.00
QO7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
84 262.00
QO7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 103 311.00
QO7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 122 360.00
22 Gauge 8 Shelves
QO8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
76 240.00
QO8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
93 282.00
QO8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 116 350.00
QO8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
92 290.00
QO8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 114 346.00
QO8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 136 402.00
Note: Adder Units include: 2 off-set angle posts, 1 beaded post, 1 side brace, 1 back brace and shelves.
28 INDUSTRIAL SHELVING
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Cat No.
W D H Wt.
List Price
22 Gauge 5 Shelves
QC5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
89 $278.00
QC5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 107 330.00
QC5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 125 378.00
QC5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 108 331.00
QC5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 129 392.00
QC5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 150 445.00
22 Gauge 6 Shelves
QC6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
95 299.00
QC6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 116 357.00
QC6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 136 411.00
QC6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 116 359.00
QC6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 141 427.00
QC6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 164 487.00
22 Gauge 7 Shelves
QC7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 102 321.00
QC7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 125 383.00
QC7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 147 443.00
QC7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 125 386.00
QC7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 152 461.00
QC7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 178 528.00
22 Gauge 8 Shelves
QC8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 109 343.00
QC8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 134 410.00
QC8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 158 476.00
QC8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 134 414.00
QC8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 163 496.00
QC8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 192 570.00
Note: Starter Units include: 4 off-set angle posts, 2 sides, 1 back and shelves.
Q-Line Closed Style Adder Units
Cat No.
Adder Units
Cat No.
Q-Line Open Style Adder Units
W D H Wt. List Price
20 Gauge 5 Shelves
QCH5-3612S ♦ 36 12 87
95 $294.00
QCH5-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 116 355.00
QCH5-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 135 408.00
QCH5-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 116 351.00
QCH5-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 140 417.00
QCH5-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 163 480.00
20 Gauge 6 Shelves
QCH6-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 103 319.00
QCH6-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 126 387.00
QCH6-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 148 447.00
QCH6-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 127 383.00
QCH6-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 154 457.00
QCH6-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 180 529.00
20 Gauge 7 Shelves
QCH7-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 111 343.00
QCH7-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 137 418.00
QCH7-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 161 485.00
QCH7-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 137 414.00
QCH7-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 167 496.00
QCH7-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 197 577.00
20 Gauge 8 Shelves
QCH8-3612S ♦ 36 12 87 119 368.00
QCH8-3618S ♦ 36 18 87 147 450.00
QCH8-3624S ♦ 36 24 87 174 524.00
QCH8-4812S ♦ 48 12 87 147 446.00
QCH8-4818S ♦ 48 18 87 181 536.00
QCH8-4824S ♦ 48 24 87 214 626.00
Please Note
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
W D H Wt. List Price
20 Gauge 5 Shelves
QCH5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 85 $266.00
QCH5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 101 314.00
QCH5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 117 358.00
QCH5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 323.00
QCH5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 126 376.00
QCH5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 145 430.00
20 Gauge 6 Shelves
QCH6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 93 291.00
QCH6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 112 346.00
QCH6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 130 397.00
QCH6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 116 355.00
QCH6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 139 416.00
QCH6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 162 479.00
20 Gauge 7 Shelves
QCH7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 101 315.00
QCH7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 122 377.00
QCH7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 143 435.00
QCH7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 127 386.00
QCH7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 153 455.00
QCH7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 179 527.00
20 Gauge 8 Shelves
QCH8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87 109 340.00
QCH8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 133 409.00
QCH8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 156 474.00
QCH8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 137 418.00
QCH8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 167 495.00
QCH8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 196 576.00
Cat No.
W D H Wt. List Price
22 Gauge 5 Shelves
QC5-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
78 $250.00
QC5-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87
93 289.00
QC5-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 107 328.00
QC5-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87
97 303.00
QC5-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 115 351.00
QC5-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 132 395.00
22 Gauge 6 Shelves
QC6-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
85 271.00
QC6-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 102 316.00
QC6-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 118 361.00
QC6-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 106 331.00
QC6-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 126 386.00
QC6-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 146 437.00
22 Gauge 7 Shelves
QC7-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
92 293.00
QC7-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 110 342.00
QC7-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 129 393.00
QC7-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 115 358.00
QC7-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 138 420.00
QC7-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 160 478.00
22 Gauge 8 Shelves
QC8-3612AB ♦ 36 12 87
98 315.00
QC8-3618AB ♦ 36 18 87 119 369.00
QC8-3624AB ♦ 36 24 87 140 426.00
QC8-4812AB ♦ 48 12 87 123 386.00
QC8-4818AB ♦ 48 18 87 149 455.00
QC8-4824AB ♦ 48 24 87 174 520.00
Note: Adder Units include: 2 off-set angle posts, 1 beaded post, 1 side, 1 back and shelves.
INDUSTRIAL SHELVING 29
Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Components
Create your own custom shelving system to fit your specific requirements. It's simple:
1. Choose the posts that meet your needs. (Page 30)
2. Select the desired shelves for your unit. (Page 31)
3. Choose braces or closed panels. (Page 30 & 31)
4. Add optional panels and doors. (Page 30 & 32)
Automotive Shelving & Tire Racks
Automotive Shelving is specifically designed for efficiently storing automotive parts.
Shelves can be reconfigured easily by simply sliding out from the front and repositioning
in 11/2" increments without tools, clips or extra hardware. Each unit can be customized
to create individual spaces or use handy bin boxes for small or loose parts. Use solid end
panels for a smooth, finished appearance. Z-Line Tire Rack conveniently stores tires for
easy access and display. Uses vertical height to maximize available floor space. Available
in single or double entry units.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
- Assembly required.
Uprights (Sold as pairs)
Cat No.
Offset Angle Post
Cat No.
W
OAP-39
OAP-48
OAP-51
OAP-75 ♦
OAP-84 ♦
OAP-87 ♦
OAP-99 ♦
OAP-108
OAP-111 ♦
OAP-123 ♦
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
D
H
17/8 39
17/8 48
17/8 51
17/8 75
17/8 84
17/8 87
17/8 99
17/8 108
17/8 111
17/8 123
Wt. List
Price
2.4 $6.70
2.9
8.10
3.1
8.70
4.6 12.30
5.1 13.60
5.3 14.00
6.0 16.10
6.8 20.00
6.8 18.10
7.5 20.00
Cat No.
BTP-75 ♦
BTP-84 ♦
BTP-87 ♦
P-1242
P-1284
P-1296
Heavy Duty Beaded Post
Beaded Post
W
D
/8
/8
3
/8
17/8
17/8
17/8
3
3
H
Wt. List
Price
75 5.3 $17.90
84 5.9 20.00
87 6.1 20.00
Cat No.
W
HBP-75
HBP-84 ♦
HBP-87 ♦
HBP-99 ♦
HBP-111
HBP-123
All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to
exceed 3,500 lbs. (2 BTP's in front & 2 OAP's in rear) per
unit, based 24" centers or less.
D
/4
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
3
/4
H
27/8 75
27/8 84
27/8 87
27/8 99
27/8 111
27/8 123
3
3
Wt. List
Price
8.4 $36.00
9.4 38.00
9.8 38.00
11.1 40.00
12.5 45.00
13.9 49.00
All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not to
exceed 5,000 lbs. (2 HTP's in front & 2 OAP's in rear) per
unit, based 24" centers or less.
BP-3639
BP-3648
BP-3651 ♦
BP-3675 ♦
BP-3684 ♦
BP-3687 ♦
Wt.
36" Wide
39 9.8
48 12.1
51 12.9
75 18.9
84
21
87
22
List
Price
Cat No.
$36.00
42.00
44.00
62.00
69.00
73.00
BP-4239
BP-4248
BP-4251
BP-4275
BP-4284 ♦
BP-4287 ♦
H
Wt.
42" Wide*
39 11.8
48 14.5
51 15.4
75
23
84
25
87
26
List
Price
$45.00
52.00
56.00
77.00
86.00
88.00
*NOTE: 42" backs consist of two pieces.
Cat No.
H
Wt.
EP-1239
EP-1248
EP-1251 ♦
EP-1275 ♦
EP-1284 ♦
EP-1287 ♦
EP-1539
EP-1548
EP-1551 ♦
EP-1575 ♦
EP-1584 ♦
EP-1587 ♦
EP-1839
EP-1848
EP-1851 ♦
EP-1875 ♦
EP-1884 ♦
EP-1887 ♦
30 INDUSTRIAL SHELVING
H
12” Deep
39
48
51
75
84
87
15” Deep
39
48
51
75
84
87
18” Deep
39
48
51
75
84
87
Wt.
List
Price
2.7 $11.00
3.3
13.70
3.5 14.40
5.1
19.70
5.7
22.00
6
20.00
Cat No.
EP-2439
EP-2448
EP-2451 ♦
EP-2475 ♦
EP-2484 ♦
EP-2487 ♦
3.7
4.5
4.8
7.1
7.9
8.2
$14.20
16.50
17.30
24.00
27.00
27.00
EP-3039
EP-3048
EP-3051
EP-3075
EP-3084
EP-3087
4.5
5.5
5.9
8.6
9.6
10
16.90
19.80
21.00
29.00
33.00
33.00
EP-3639
EP-3648
EP-3651
EP-3675
EP-3684
EP-3687
H
Wt.
24” Deep
39
6.8
48
7.5
51
8
75 11.7
84 13.1
87 13.6
30” Deep
39
7.9
48
9.7
51 10.3
75 15.2
84
17
87 17.6
36” Deep
39
9.8
48 12.1
51 12.9
75 18.9
84
21
87
22
30.00
36.00
39.00
55.00
61.00
63.00
P-30
P-45
P-60
3 12 3
3 12 41/2
3 12 6
Bin Boxes
Cat No.
List
Price
0.7 $7.30
0.9
7.80
1.0
7.70
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
Bin Box
51/2 12 31/4 2 $22.00
Bin Box Divider
53/16 1/32 29/16 .1
1.20
P-55
Label Holders
Cat No.
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
Short Width - Use Between Dividers
P-3
3
-
/4
3
.1
$ .74
.3
2.30
Full Shelf-Width
Cat No.
W
D
H
Wt.
P-42E
P-84E
P-96E
W
D
H Wt.
List
Price
11/16 123/32 42 11 $30.00
11/16 123/32 84 22 60.00
11/16 123/32 96 25 72.00
P-38
351/4
11
/64 7/8
Fastener For Full Shelf-Width Holders
P-38F
-
-
-
.1
.11
Tops, Bottoms, Shelves
Cat No.
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
Top
P-1238 377/8 121/8 11/8 6.3 $24.00
Bottom
P-12B 36 117/8 31/16 7
25.00
Shelf
P-12
357/8 117/8 7/8 6
16.00
Pre-Configured Shelving Units
Cat No. W
P-S84
P-8417
P-8401
P-8411
List
Price
25.00
30.00
33.00
46.00
51.00
53.00
Wt.
End Panels (Sold in pairs)
*NOTE: 48" backs consist of two pieces.
38
38
38
38
D
12
12
12
12
H
Wt.
84 78
84 396
84 114
84 150
List
Price
$244.00
2,892.00
340.00
436.00
Units include back but no end panels.
Order end panels separately to provide
flush finished ends for row. Dimensions
shown are outside dimensions.
22.00
26.00
26.00
39.00
44.00
42.00
H
When placing units back to back (as in a
double-face application), units may share
a common back.
- Assembly required.
Tire Racks
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
P-55D
List
Price
3
P-3842 37 /412 42 17.3 $51.00
P-3884 373/412 84 32.9 93.00
P-3896 373/412 96 37.6 108.00
End Panels
Cat No.
List
Price
12 42 16.0 $61.00
12 84 31.8 102.00
12 96 36.0 113.00
D
Wt.
W
Cat No.
List
Price
48" Wide*
39
14 $50.00
48
17 59.00
51 18.1 63.00
75
27 86.00
84
30 96.00
87
31 95.00
BP-4839
BP-4848
BP-4851 ♦
BP-4875 ♦
BP-4884 ♦
BP-4887 ♦
15
H
Cat No.
Backs
Back Panels
H
/16
/16
15
/16
15
D
Sliding Dividers
All posts are 14 gauge steel. Total weight capacity not
to exceed 5,000 lbs. (1250 lbs. per post) per unit, based
24" centers or less.
Cat No.
W
Please Note
Automotive Shelving
Standard Colors: Medium Grey
P-S84
P-8401
P-8411
P-8417
Tire Rack
- Assembly required.
Bin Dividers
Cat No.
D
H
BD-1209 ♦
BD-1212 ♦
BD-1809
BD-1812 ♦
BD-2409*
BD-2412
12
12
18
18
24
24
9
12
9
12
9
12
Wt. List
Price
1
$4.70
1.3
7.10
1.5
6.50
2
8.00
1.9
10.20
2.7
11.80
* If ordering less than 250 pieces, add $300
to list price. (includes set-up change)
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
Number of
Openings
Tire Starter
Capacity
W
D
H
60
60
60
60
21*
21*
21*
21*
60
84
120
144
2
3
4
5
16
24
32
40
60
60
60
60
42*
42*
42*
42*
60
84
120
144
4
6
8
10
32
48
64
80
Cat.No.
Wt.
List
Price
Single Entry
ZST-6060S ♦
49 $130.00
ZST-6084S ♦
54 174.00
ZST-60120S ♦
76 253.00
ZST-60144S ♦ 104 341.00
Double Entry
ZDT-6060S ♦
81 281.00
ZDT-6084S ♦
110 369.00
ZDT-60120S ♦ 149 488.00
ZDT-60144S ♦ 205 664.00
Cat.No.
Add-On
Wt.
Single Entry
ZST-6060A ♦
35
ZST-6084A ♦
50
ZST-60120A ♦
69
ZST-60144A ♦
95
Double Entry
ZDT-6060A ♦
96
ZDT-6084A ♦ 106
ZDT-60120A ♦ 144
ZDT-60144A ♦ 199
List
Price
$115.00
160.00
226.00
306.00
263.00
352.00
472.00
648.00
NOTE: Single Entry units must be tied to wall.
*Single Entry units include one 12” deep unit and one 9” wall tie. Double Entry units include two 12” deep units and one 18” deep
cross aisle tie.
AUTOMOTIVE SHELVING 27
Z-Line Shelving Components: Aisle/Wall
Ties, Hang Rods & Accessories
Z-Line provides versatility with a variety of accessories to design shelving configurations to
fit your every need. Aisle and Wall ties provide stability where you need it the most.
Q-Line Industrial Shelving: Components
Please Note
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Shelf Box: Shale grey only
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
Shelves (22 Gauge)
Cross Aisle Ties
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
CAT-18 ♦
CAT-24
CAT-30
CAT-36 ♦
CAT-42
CAT-48
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
13/8
18
24
30
36
42
48
23/8
23/8
23/8
23/8
23/8
23/8
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.8
3.3
3.8
Adjustable Aisle Tie
List
Price
$10.00
11.00
13.30
14.20
15.70
20.00
Cat. No.
Cat No.
W
KCAT-1 ♦
D
3
H
*
Wt.
1
6.0
List
Price
$26.00
* Depth adjusts from 36" to 60".
Soft Top Edge Caps
Cat. No.
EURPC ♦
ZTPPC ♦
SURPC ♦
Fits
W
D
H
EUR uprights 11/2 11/2 7/16
ZTP uprights 37/16 2 7/16
SUR uprights 13/4 23/4 7/16
Wt.
.1
.1
.1
List
Price
$ .88
1.30
.85
Nylon Protective Caps available in black only.
Hard Nylon Foot Caps
Cat. No.
Wall Tie
Cat. No.
WT-9 ♦
W
D
H
Wt.
91/4
13/8
23/8
.7
List
Price
$4.90
ZTPNF
SURNF
EURNF
EURNF ♦
ZTPNF ♦
SURNF ♦
Fits
W
D
EUR uprights 11/2 11/2
ZTP uprights 37/16 2
SUR uprights 13/4 23/4
H
Wt.
/4
3
/4
3
/4
.1
.2
.2
H
Wt.
/16
/16
12.8
13.0
3
List
Price
$ .80
1.30
1.10
Nylon Protective Caps available in black only.
Z-Line Caster Kit
Cat. No.
Hang Rods For DRS Supports
Cat. No.
ZHR-36 ♦
ZHR-48 ♦
W
363/16
483/16
D
/8
/8
7
7
H
11/16
11/16
Wt.
2.3
3.1
List
Price
$7.60
9.70
ZLCK-1
ZLCK-2
Fits
2 fixed, 2 swivel
4 swivel
W
D
11/2 11/2
37/16 2
7
7
List
Price
$132.00
135.00
Cap. W
Q2-3612 ♦ 750
Q2-3615 ♦ 750
Q2-3618 ♦ 750
Q2-3624 ♦ 700
Q2-3630* ♦ 600
Q2-4212 ♦ 600
Q2-4215 ♦ 600
Q2-4218 ♦ 600
Q2-4224 ♦ 550
Q2-4230* ♦ 500
Q2-4812 ♦
Q2-4815 ♦
Q2-4818 ♦
Q2-4824 ♦
Q2-4830* ♦
500
500
500
450
400
Shelves (20 Gauge)
D
H
36" Wide
36 12 15/16
36 15 15/16
36 18 15/16
36 24 15/16
36 30 15/16
42" Wide
42 12 15/16
42 15 15/16
42 18 15/16
42 24 15/16
42 30 15/16
48" Wide
48 12 15/16
48 15 15/16
48 18 15/16
48 24 15/16
48 30 15/16
Wt.
List
Price
6.7
7.8
8.8
10.9
12.9
$22.00
28.00
27.00
33.00
47.00
7.7
8.9
10.1
12.5
14.8
28.00
34.00
35.00
42.00
52.00
8.7
10.1
11.4
14.1
16.7
28.00
36.00
35.00
42.00
61.00
4 shelf clips per shelf included.
*Note: Quantities less than 250.
Please add $300 list set-up charge
Cat No.
Q-3612 ♦ 1000
Q-3615* ♦ 900
Q-3618 ♦ 850
Q-3624 ♦ 800
Q-3630* ♦ 800
Q-3636* ♦ 600
Q-4212*
Q-4215*
Q-4218 ♦
Q-4224 ♦
Q-4230*
Q-4236*
800
700
650
650
600
550
Q-4812 ♦
Q-4815*
Q-4818 ♦
Q-4824 ♦
Q-4830*
Q-4836* ♦
650
600
550
550
500
450
Cat. No.
TP-1 ♦
End Sway Braces
W
D
H
Wt.
3
-
23/4
.2
List
Price
$1.50
Anchor Plate
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
ZFA-1 ♦
13/8
11/2
23/8
.2
List
Price
$2.70
H
Wt.
PHR-36 ♦
PHR-48 ♦
361/4
481/4
15/16
15/16
11/16
11/16
2.9
3.8
List
Price
$8.70
11.10
Cat No.
Shelf Depth
ESB-1224 ♦ 12" to 24"
ESB-3036 ♦ 30" to 36"
Cat No.
RSBU ♦
RSB-48 ♦
Cat No.
FP-1
Post Splice Angle
Cat. No.
PSA-2
Shelf Width
36" to 42"
48"
Wt.
2.4
3.1
List
Price
8
9.3
10.5
13
15.4
17.9
$25.00
32.00
32.00
39.00
53.00
63.00
9.2
10.6
12
14.9
17.7
21
31.00
39.00
39.00
48.00
59.00
69.00
10.4
12
13.6
16.8
19.9
23
32.00
43.00
40.00
49.00
66.00
76.00
Cat No.
Cap. W
D
H
36" Wide
Q-3624-S* 1000 36 24 15/16
Q-3630-S* 1000 36 30 15/16
Q-3636-S* 750 36 36 15/16
42" Wide
Q-4224-S* 800 42 24 15/16
Q-4230-S* 750 42 30 15/16
Q-4236-S* 700 42 36 15/16
48" Wide
Q-4824-S* 700 48 24 15/16
Q-4830-S* 650 48 30 15/16
Q-4836-S* 600 48 36 15/16
Wt.
List
Price
15.4 $57.00
18.1 72.00
21 84.00
17.6
21
24
67.00
80.00
91.00
19.8
23
27
74.00
87.00
98.00
4 shelf clips per shelf included.
Shelves are made
from Box Form
construction with
closed welded corners.
List Price
$8.10
9.50
W
D
H
Wt.
19/16
19/16
61/2
1.1
List
Price
$6.70
Cat No.
W
FBS-362 ♦ 36
FBS-422 ♦ 42
FBS-482 ♦ 48
D H
Wt.
/2 1 7/8 1.2
1
/2 1 7/8 1.5
1
/2 1 7/8 1.7
1
List Price
$7.30
7.80
8.40
Shelf Boxes
Wt.
3.2
3.7
W
D
H
Wt.
11/ 2 1/16 21/4 0.1
Used to secure uprights to the floor.
Use 1 per Angle Post; use 2 per ZTP Post.
26 BOLTLESS SHELVING
36" Wide
36 12 15/16
36 15 15/16
36 18 15/16
36 24 15/16
36 30 15/16
36 36 15/16
42" Wide
42 12 15/16
42 15 15/16
42 18 15/16
42 24 15/16
42 30 15/16
42 36 15/16
48" Wide
48 12 15/16
48 15 15/16
48 18 15/16
48 24 15/16
48 30 15/16
48 36 15/16
Wt.
Front Base Strips
List Price
$10.10
10.50
Foot Plate
Clothing Hang Rods For LRA or LRC Supports
D
H
4 shelf clips per shelf included.
- Assembly required.
Rear Sway Braces
W
Shelves with Stiffeners
D
Maximum unit size is 60" w x 30" d.
Tie Plate
Cat. No.
Cap. W
List Price
$.74
Cat No.
BX-512
BX-518
BX-812
BX-818
BX-1112
BX-1118
W D H
Wt.
5 5/8 11 4 9/16 2.5
5 5/8 17 4 9/16 3.3
8 3/8 11 4 9/16 3.5
8 3/8 17 4 9/16 4.3
11 1/4 11 4 9/16 4.5
11 1/4 17 4 9/16 5.3
Shelf Box Dividers*
BXD-5 ♦
5 3/16 1/32 4 1/2 0.2
BXD-8 ♦
8 1/32 4 1/2 0.3
BXD-11 ♦ 10 7/8 1/32 4 1/2 0.4
List Price
$14.00
17.10
16.70
19.80
20.00
25.00
1.00
1.30
1.70
* Dividers are galvanized, not painted.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
INDUSTRIAL SHELVING 31
Q-Line Ledge Units, Door Sets &
Foreman’s Desk
Foreman’s Desks provide a convenient yet sturdy writing surface, ideal for the industrial
workplace, businesses, schools and institutions. Choose from Open Style, Closed Style
and Wall Mounted. Optional Door Sets include easy opening metal recessed handle
with lock to protect and secure shelving contents.
Z-Line Shelving Components:
Decking and Steel Shelves
Please Note
Standard Color: Medium Grey
Choose from three great options for shelf decking: industrial grade 5/8" particle board
decking, wire decking or steel shelves.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Wire decking and
steel shelves available in Medium
Grey only.
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey.
Box rails available in Sand only.
Particle Board Decking is available in
Natural only.
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Wire Decking
Cat. No.
Particle Board Decking
ILU-3637
HD-3637*
HD-3687*
(HDS unit shown)
Ledge Unit and Door Sets for Q-Line Shelving
Hinged Door Units
(With 7 Openings)
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
ILU-3637 ♦
36
HD-3637RH ♦
HD-3687RH ♦
36
36
D
H
Ledge Unit*
12
39
Door Sets*
39
87
Wt.
List
Price
45
$148.00
28
63
235.00
326.00
Cat No.
W
D
H
Wt.
HDS-8712RH ♦ 36 12* 87 172
HDS-8718RH ♦ 36 18* 87 197
HDS-8724RH ♦ 36 24* 87 221
List
Price
669.00
736.00
802.00
* Depth does not include 11/4" depth of door frame.
* Note: Shelving units sold separately.
SR-59
Foreman's Desk
- Assembly required.
SR-57
SR-58
32 FOREMAN'S DESK & LEDGE UNITS
Cat. No.
W
SR-57 ♦
341/2
SR-58 ♦
341/2
SR-59 ♦
341/2
D
H
Open Style
29
53
Closed Style
29
53
Wall Mounted
29
Wt.
List
Price
97
$484.00
155
772.00
83
493.00
Cat. No.
W
D
PB-3612 ♦
PB-3615 ♦
PB-3618 ♦
PB-3624 ♦
PB-3630 ♦
PB-3636 ♦
PB-4212 ♦
PB-4215 ♦
PB-4218 ♦
PB-4224 ♦
PB-4230 ♦
PB-4236 ♦
PB-4812 ♦
PB-4815 ♦
PB-4818 ♦
PB-4824 ♦
PB-4830 ♦
PB-4836 ♦
PB-4842 ♦
PB-4848 ♦
PB-6024 ♦
PB-6030 ♦
PB-6036 ♦
PB-6048 ♦
PB-6915 ♦
PB-6930 ♦
PB-7224 ♦
PB-7230 ♦
PB-7236 ♦
PB-7248 ♦
PB-8424 ♦
PB-8430 ♦
PB-8436 ♦
PB-8448 ♦
PB-9624 ♦
PB-9630 ♦
PB-9636 ♦
PB-9648 ♦
36
36
36
36
36
36
42
42
42
42
42
42
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
60
60
60
60
69
69
72
72
72
72
84
84
84
84
96
96
96
96
12
15
18
24
30
36
12
15
18
24
30
36
12
15
18
24
30
36
42
48
24
30
36
48
15
30
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
H
Wt.
/8
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
5
/8
7.5
9.4
11.3
15
18.8
22.5
8.8
10.9
13.1
17.5
21.9
26.3
10
12.5
15
20
25
31
35
40
25
31.3
37.5
50
18
35.9
30
37.5
45
60
35
50
52.5
70
44
50
60
80
5
5
List
Price
$6.00
6.60
9.00
12.00
15.10
18.00
7.60
8.20
10.80
14.20
16.70
20.00
8.10
10.00
12.00
14.70
19.90
22.00
34.00
32.00
20.00
24.00
30.00
38.00
14.00
34.00
26.00
28.00
36.00
47.00
32.00
37.00
48.00
63.00
32.00
37.00
48.00
63.00
ZWD-3612
ZWD-3618 ♦
ZWD-3624 ♦
ZWD-3636 ♦
ZWD-4218
ZWD-4224
ZWD-4230
ZWD-4236
ZWD-4812
ZWD-4815
ZWD-4818 ♦
ZWD-4824 ♦
ZWD-4836 ♦
ZWD-4848
ZWD-6024
ZWD-6036
ZWD-6048
ZWD-6930
ZWD-7224
ZWD-7236
ZWD-7248
ZWD-9624 ♦
ZWD-9630 ♦
ZWD-9648
W
D
36
36
36
36
42
42
42
42
48
48
48
48
48
48
60
60
60
69
72
72
72
96
96
96
12
18
24
36
18
24
30
36
12
15
18
24
36
48
24
36
48
30
24
36
48
24
30
48
H
Wt.
/16
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
5
/16
4
6
8
12
7.1
9.3
11.7
14.2
5.4
7
8
10.7
16
21
13.3
20
27
19.2
16
24
32
21
32
42
H
Wt.
5
5
List
Price
$23.00
28.00
36.00
49.00
41.00
46.00
52.00
52.00
26.00
40.00
32.00
42.00
59.00
85.00
70.00
83.00
116.00
78.00
64.00
89.00
99.00
84.00
118.00
170.00
Note: 96" Decking comes in two pieces.
Steel Shelves
Cat. No.
ZMS-3612 ♦
ZMS-3618 ♦
ZMS-3624 ♦
ZMS-3636 ♦
ZMS-4212 ♦
ZMS-4218 ♦
ZMS-4224 ♦
ZMS-4236 ♦
ZMS-4812 ♦
ZMS-4818 ♦
ZMS-4824 ♦
ZMS-4836 ♦
ZSC-1 ♦
W
D
12
15/16
6.7
36
36
18
15/16
8.8
36
24
15/16
10.9
36
36
15/16
17.9
42
12
15/16
7.7
42
18
15/16
10.1
42
24
15/16
12.5
42
36
15/16
21
48
12
15/16
8.7
48
18
15/16
11.4
48
24
15/16
14.1
48
36
15/16
23
Replacement Shelf Clips
.1
List
Price
$23.00
28.00
34.00
64.00
29.00
36.00
43.00
70.00
29.00
36.00
43.00
77.00
.87
BOLTLESS SHELVING 25
Z-Line Shelving Components:
Shelf & Deck Supports
Choose from Low Profile supports to maximize shelf openings with thin but strong
shelf supports or Heavy-Duty and Extra Heavy-Duty Channel shelf supports for
greater load capacity.
Tool & Die Rack
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
For extra heavy-duty storage, Tennsco's Heavy Duty Reinforced Shelving offers a
shelf capacity of 4,000 lbs. Constructed of 16-gauge steel shelves and 14-gauge
posts and supports, the unit's superior strength makes it perfect for storing dies,
motors, jigs, fixtures and other heavy materials. Braceless construction allows
easy access from all four sides, and the smooth steel surface makes placing and
removing items much easier than on wood or wire shelves - simply slide items
on and off. A simple design, uncommon for a unit built to withstand such loads,
makes it quick and easy to assemble or rearrange.
Please Note
Standard Color: Medium Grey
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Heavy Duty Reinforced Shelving
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
Extra Heavy-Duty Channel Shelf Supports
Cat. No.
Heavy-Duty Shelf Supports
Cat. No.
LRA-12 ♦
LRA-15 ♦
LRA-16
LRA-18 ♦
LRA-24 ♦
LRA-30 ♦
LRA-32
LRA-36 ♦
LRA-42 ♦
LRA-48 ♦
LRA-60 ♦
LRA-69 ♦
LRA-72 ♦
LRA-84 ♦
LRA-96 ♦
Load Recommended #
Capacity of SDS-dd Supports
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
1
2250
1
2000
1
1800
1
1750
2
1500
3
1250
3
Length
Wt.
11.5
14.5
15.5
17.5
23.5
29.5
31.5
35.5
41.5
47.5
59.5
68.5
71.5
83.5
95.5
.9
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.9
2.3
2.5
2.8
3.3
3.7
4.7
5.4
5.7
6.6
7.5
List
Price
$3.80
4.50
4.90
4.90
6.10
7.40
8.90
8.90
10.60
11.30
14.20
16.30
18.70
24.00
25.00
Load capacities are based on the recommended
number of SDS-dd front-to-back deck supports.
LRC-48 ♦
LRC-60
LRC-72 ♦
LRC-84
LRC-96 ♦
Load Recommended # Length
Capacity of SDS-dd Supports
2500
2250
2000
1750
1600
1
1
2
3
3
47.5
59.5
71.5
83.5
95.5
Wt.
List
Price
5.2 $15.00
6.2 20.00
7.4 22.00
8.7 27.00
9.9 29.00
Load capacities are based on the recommended
number of SDS-dd front-to-back deck supports.
Seismic Support Channel
Cat. No.
SSC-36
SSC-42
SSC-48
SSC-60
SSC-72
SSC-96
Load Recommended #
Capacity of SDS-dd Supports
2750
1
2500
1
2500
1
2250
1
2000
2
1600
3
Length
Wt.
35.5 4.7
41.5 5.5
47.5 6.3
59.5 7.9
71.5 9.5
95.5 12.7
List
Price
$15.70
17.80
20.00
25.00
29.00
38.00
Low Profile Shelf Supports
Cat. No.
Capacity
DRS-1214 ♦
DRS-1514 ♦
DRS-1814 ♦
DRS-2414 ♦
DRS-3014 ♦
DRS-3614 ♦
DRS-4214 ♦
DRS-4814 ♦
DRS-3611 ♦
DRS-4211 ♦
DRS-4811 ♦
24 BOLTLESS SHELVING
Load Length D
Capacity
14-Gauge
600
11.5 27/32
600
14.5 27/32
600
17.5 27/32
600
23.5 27/32
600
29.5 27/32
600
35.5 27/32
550
41.5 27/32
500
47.5 27/32
11-Gauge
850
35.5 27/32
800
41.5 27/32
750
47.5 27/32
H
Wt.
List
Price
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
11/8
.5
.7
.9
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.0
2.3
$2.70
3.10
3.50
3.70
4.50
5.20
5.90
6.60
11/8
11/8
11/8
2.8
3.2
3.7
8.70
9.30
10.20
SDS-12 ♦
SDS-15 ♦
SDS-16
SDS-18 ♦
SDS-24 ♦
SDS-30 ♦
SDS-32
SDS-36 ♦
SDS-42
SDS-48 ♦
W
D
H
Wt.
/8
/8
7
/8
7
/8
7
/8
7
/8
7
/8
7
/8
7
/8
7
/8
12
15
16
18
24
30
32
36
42
48
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
1.0
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.5
2.8
3.3
3.8
7
7
RXHS-3618 ♦
RXHS-3624 ♦
RXHS-4818 ♦
RXHS-4824 ♦
RXHS-6024 ♦
RXHS-7224 ♦
RXHS-7236 ♦
RXHS-9624 ♦
RXHS-9636 ♦
4000
4000
4000
4000
3250
2750
2750
2600
2600
W
D
H
Wt.
36
36
48
48
60
72
72
36
36
48
48
60
72
72
96
96
36
36
48
48
60
72
72
96
96
18
24
18
24
24
24
36
18
24
18
24
24
24
36
24
36
18
24
18
24
24
24
36
24
36
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
147
202
181
214
255
305
415
151
206
185
218
259
309
419
413
560
155
210
189
222
263
313
424
417
565
List
Price
$510.00
574.00
611.00
683.00
813.00
980.00
1,333.00
522.00
586.00
623.00
695.00
825.00
992.00
1,344.00
1,394.00
1,760.00
534.00
598.00
635.00
707.00
837.00
1,004.00
1,356.00
1,407.00
1,773.00
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16
25
32
32
40
47
57
79
78
108
89.00
99.00
107.00
121.00
149.00
179.00
254.00
266.00
339.00
Extra Shelves
36 18
36 24
48 18
48 24
60 24
72 24
72 36
96 24
96 36
Note: Overall unit capacity 11,000 lbs; 5 shelves included per unit.
Front-To-Back
Deck Supports (Use with LRA & LRC Supports)
Cat. No.
RXHS-361872 ♦
RXHS-362472 ♦
RXHS-481872 ♦
RXHS-482472 ♦
RXHS-602472 ♦
RXHS-722472 ♦
RXHS-723672 ♦
RXHS-361884 ♦
RXHS-362484 ♦
RXHS-481884 ♦
RXHS-482484 ♦
RXHS-602484 ♦
RXHS-722484 ♦
RXHS-723684 ♦
RXHS-962484 ♦
RXHS-963684 ♦
RXHS-361896 ♦
RXHS-362496 ♦
RXHS-481896 ♦
RXHS-482496 ♦
RXHS-602496 ♦
RXHS-722496 ♦
RXHS-723696 ♦
RXHS-962496 ♦
RXHS-963696 ♦
Shelf Capacity
(lbs.)
4000
4000
4000
4000
3250
2750
2750
4000
4000
4000
4000
3250
2750
2750
2600
2600
4000
4000
4000
4000
3250
2750
2750
2600
2600
List
Price
$3.00
3.50
4.20
4.20
5.10
6.50
7.30
7.30
9.60
9.60
TOOL & DIE RACK 33
Z-Line Shelving Components:
Posts, Shelf & Deck Supports
Bulk Storage Racks: Uprights
Bulk Storage Shelving allows clear and convenient access from the front or rear. It is
designed to handle capacities of 10,000 lbs. per upright set. It’s easy to create your
own bulk shelving unit:
Please Note
1. Choose the uprights that meet your needs. (Page 34)
2. Select the appropriate deck levels. (Page 35)
3. Choose a decking type. (Page 35)
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
BUF-2472 ♦
BUF-3672 ♦
BUF-4872 ♦
D H Wt. List Price
72" High
13/4 24 72
20 $66.00
13/4 36 72
22
72.00
13/4 48 72
23
78.00
BUF-2484
BUF-3684 ♦
BUF-4884
84" High
13/4 24 84
13/4 36 84
13/4 48 84
BUF-2496 ♦
BUF-3696 ♦
BUF-4896 ♦
96" High
13/4 24 96
13/4 36 96
13/4 48 96
72" High
120" High
168" High
192" High
17,000 lbs. capacity based on maximum vertical
distance of 24" between any two beams on floor.
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
Shelf and Deck Supports
W
Medium-Duty Shelf Supports
Standard Angle Post
24
25
27
92.00
101.00
110.00
28
30
33
88.00
99.00
108.00
120" High
BUF-24120 ♦ 13/4 24 120 33
BUF-36120 ♦ 13/4 36 120 36
BUF-48120 ♦ 13/4 48 120 38
111.00
116.00
125.00
144" High
BUF-24144* 13/4 24 144 40
BUF-36144* 13/4 36 144 43
BUF-48144* 13/4 48 144 46
158.00
169.00
177.00
168" High
BUF-24168* 13/4 24 168 46
BUF-36168* 13/4 36 168 50
BUF-48168* 13/4 48 168 53
189.00
199.00
208.00
192" High
BUF-24192* 13/4 24 192 53
BUF-36192* 13/4 36 192 57
BUF-48192* 13/4 48 192 64
209.00
215.00
225.00
Cat. No.
EUR-36 ♦
EUR-48 ♦
EUR-60 ♦
EUR-72 ♦
EUR-84 ♦
EUR-96 ♦
EUR-108 ♦
EUR-120 ♦
EUR-132
EUR-144 ♦
Length
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
Wt.
2
2.7
3.4
4
4.7
5.4
6
6.7
7.4
8.1
List Price
$6.50
9.00
10.20
12.20
14.10
16.20
18.60
20.00
23.00
24.00
Total weight capacity is not to exceed 8,000 lbs. (2,000 lbs. per post)
per unit, based on 24" centers or less.
Intermediate Post
* Note: Quantities less than 50 uprights please add
$250 list set-up charge.
144" High
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Shelf supports are available in 14 and 16 gauges. Front to back shelf deck supports
help support decking on long spans and work with wide profile shelf supports and
channel beams.
Cat No.
96" High
Match posts with your needs.
Use SUR posts for the most demanding applications.
Use EUR for light or medium weight applications and in conjunction with ZTP posts.
Use ZTP as an intermediate common “T” post.
Cat. No.
ZTP-36
ZTP-48 ♦
ZTP-60 ♦
ZTP-72 ♦
ZTP-84 ♦
ZTP-96 ♦
ZTP-108 ♦
ZTP-120 ♦
ZTP-132
ZTP-144 ♦
Length
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
Wt.
3.9
5.1
6.4
7.7
9
10.3
11.6
12.8
14.1
15.4
List Price
$13.50
17.50
21.00
25.00
29.00
33.00
37.00
41.00
45.00
49.00
Cat. No.
Load Recommended Length Wt.
Capacity Deck Supports
16-Gauge
VDRS-1216 1000
11.5
.6
VDRS-1516 1000
14.5
.8
VDRS-1816 ♦ 1000
17.5
.9
VDRS-2416 ♦ 1000
23.5 1.3
VDRS-3016 ♦ 1000
29.5 1.5
VDRS-3616 ♦ 1000
1
35.5 1.8
VDRS-4216 ♦ 900
1
41.5 2.2
VDRS-4816 ♦ 850
1
47.5 2.5
14-Gauge
VDRS-4814 1000
1
47.5 3.6
VDRS-6014 ♦ 750
1
59.5 4.6
1
65.5 5.0
VDRS-6614 700
VDRS-6914 ♦ 650
2
68.5 5.2
VDRS-7214 ♦ 600
2
71.5 5.4
List
Price
$2.90
3.30
3.80
4.50
5.60
6.40
7.60
8.30
13.30
15.30
16.50
17.10
18.70
Total weight capacity is not to exceed 11,000 lbs. (5,500 lbs. per post)
per unit, based on 24" centers or less.
Medium-Duty Front-To-Back
Deck Supports (for VDRS)
Heavy Angle Post
Cat. No.
SUR-36
SUR-48
SUR-60 ♦
SUR-72 ♦
SUR-84 ♦
SUR-96 ♦
SUR-108
SUR-120 ♦
SUR-132
SUR-144 ♦
SUR-168
SUR-181.5
Length
36
48
60
72
84
96
108
120
132
144
168
181.5
Wt.
2.8
3.7
4.7
5.4
6.5
7.6
8.5
9.2
10.4
11.4
13.3
14.3
List Price
$9.20
12.40
14.40
17.10
19.90
23.00
26.00
28.00
32.00
34.00
40.00
43.00
Cat. No.
FBSV-12
FBSV-15 ♦
FBSV-18 ♦
FBSV-24 ♦
FBSV-30 ♦
FBSV-36 ♦
FBSV-42
FBSV-48 ♦
W
D
H
Wt.
15/8
1 5 /8
1 5 /8
1 5 /8
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
12
15
18
24
30
36
42
48
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
15/8
.6
.8
.9
1.3
1.6
1.9
2.2
2.5
List
Price
$3.60
3.60
3.90
5.00
5.60
6.50
8.80
10.00
Total weight capacity is not to exceed 13,000 lbs. (3,250 lbs. per post)
per unit, based on 24" centers or less.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
34 BULK STORAGE
BOLTLESS SHELVING 23
Z-Line Shelving: Record
Archive & Stur-D-Stor
Bulk Storage Racks: Components
Z-Line Record Archive Rack holds standard record storage boxes for archival purposes.
Record Archive Storage Racks
- Boxes not included
Please Note
Please Note
Record Archive
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Sand, Medium
Grey
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Stur-D-Stor
Standard Color: Sand
Decking Types
QuickShip Color: Sand
- Decking only.
- Assembly required.
Without Decking
W
D
H
42
42
42
42
69
69
69
69
15
15
30
30
15
15
30
30
60
84
60
84
60
84
60
84
42
42
42
42
69
69
69
69
15
15
30
30
15
15
30
30
60
84
60
84
60
84
60
84
Number of
Openings
Archive Box
Capacity
Cat.No.
Supplied With Particle Board Decking
2
18
ZA421560-3D ♦
3
24
ZA421584-4D ♦
2
36
ZA423060-3D ♦
3
48
ZA423084-4D ♦
2
30
ZA691560-3D ♦
3
40
ZA691584-4D ♦
2
60
ZA693060-3D ♦
3
80
ZA693084-4D ♦
Customer To Supply Decking
2
18
ZA421560-3 ♦
3
24
ZA421584-4 ♦
2
36
ZA423060-3 ♦
3
48
ZA423084-4 ♦
2
30
ZA691560-3 ♦
3
40
ZA691584-4 ♦
2
60
ZA693060-3 ♦
3
80
ZA693084-4 ♦
Wt.
List
Price
73
98
113
151
111
148
175
234
156.00
210.00
199.00
267.00
218.00
293.00
305.00
408.00
41
55
47
64
57
76
67
90
$131.00
177.00
149.00
200.00
176.00
237.00
203.00
272.00
Wire Decking
Particleboard
Decking
Deck Levels
- Order decking separately. See options to the right.
Z-Line Stur-D-Stor's flexible shelving components create either
a five-shelf unit or a three-shelf/two-shelf worktable. Boltless
design allows quick and easy set-up. Industrial grade particle
board shelves with steel frames offer 1000 lb. capacity per
shelf. Adjusts in 11/2" increments.
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
LSS-361872 ♦
LSS-482484 ♦
W
D
361/2 181/2
481/2 241/2
H
72
84
Wt.
88
142
List Price
179.00
249.00
W
ZWD-4824 ♦
ZWD-4836 ♦
ZWD-4848
ZWD-6024
ZWD-6036
ZWD-6048
ZWD-7224
ZWD-7236
ZWD-7248
ZWD-9624 ♦
ZWD-9636
ZWD-9648
48
48
48
60
60
60
72
72
72
96
96
96
BSD-4824 ♦
BSD-4836 ♦
BSD-4848 ♦
BSD-6024 ♦
BSD-6036 ♦
BSD-6048 ♦
BSD-7224 ♦
BSD-7236 ♦
BSD-7248 ♦
BSD-9624 ♦
BSD-9636 ♦
BSD-9648 ♦
Corrugated Steel Decking
14
48 24 9/16
48 36 9/16
21
48 48 9/16
28
60 24 9/16
17.9
60 36 9/16
26
60 48 9/16
36
72 24 9/16
21
72 36 9/16
31
72 48 9/16
42
96 24 9/16
28
96 36 9/16
40
96 48 9/16
58
$46.00
65.00
84.00
55.00
79.00
102.00
65.00
93.00
121.00
84.00
121.00
158.00
PB-4824 ♦
PB-4836 ♦
PB-4848 ♦
PB-6024 ♦
PB-6036 ♦
PB-6048 ♦
PB-7224 ♦
PB-7236 ♦
PB-7248 ♦
PB-9624 ♦
PB-9636 ♦
PB-9648 ♦
5/8" Particleboard Decking
5
48 24
/8
20
5
48 36
/8
31
5
48 48
/8
40
5
60 24
/8
25
5
60 36
/8
37.5
5
60 48
/8
50
5
72 24
/8
30
5
72 36
/8
45
5
72 48
/8
60
5
96 24
/8
40
5
96 36
/8
60
5
96 48
/8
80
$14.70
22.00
32.00
20.00
30.00
38.00
26.00
36.00
47.00
32.00
48.00
63.00
Corrugated Steel
Decking
Support Angle
Z-Line Stur-D-Stor Shelving
Cat No.
Cat No.
No. Supports Included
BPB-48-24 ♦
2
BPB-48-36 ♦
2
BPB-48-48 ♦
2
BPB-60-24 ♦
2
BPB-60-36 ♦
2
BPB-60-48 ♦
2
BPB-72-24 ♦
3
BPB-72-36 ♦
3
BPB-72-48 ♦
3
BPB-96-24 ♦
4
BPB-96-36 ♦
4
BPB-96-48 ♦
4
Wt. List Price Capacity
18.1
$52.00 4150
18.5
56.00 4150
21
60.00 4150
21
60.00 3800
23
64.00 3800
23
68.00 3800
25
73.00 2750
27
78.00 2750
31
83.00 2750
34
95.00 2150
37
102.00 2150
37
109.00 2150
Note: Safety plugs (included) must be inserted in each end of beam to secure post.
D
H
Wt.
Wire Decking
24 9/16
10.7
36 9/16
16
48 9/16
21
24 9/16
13.3
36 9/16
20
48 9/16
27
16
24 9/16
36 9/16
24
48 9/16
32
24 9/16
21
36 9/16
32
48 9/16
42
List Price
$42.00
59.00
85.00
70.00
83.00
116.00
64.00
89.00
99.00
84.00
118.00
170.00
* Wire decking uses 5 gauge wire and consists of a 2" x 4" mesh pattern.
Additional Support Angles
Cat No.
BPS-24 ♦
BPS-36 ♦
BPS-48 ♦
W
1
1
1
D
H
Wt.
24 115/16
1.3
36 115/16
2.1
48 115/16
2.7
List Price
$4.20
6.00
7.80
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
22 BOLTLESS SHELVING
BULK STORAGE 35
Z-Line Shelving: Long Span Shelving
and Sloping Shelf Units
Logic Wire Shelving Units & Carts
Logic Systems Shelving is perfect for food service, health care, or specialized industrial
applications where a modern, sanitary appearance is required. Logic Shelving literally
“snaps” together with its patented Logic clip. Shelves can be easily added or removed
without disturbing other levels of the unit. This flexibility allows the interchangeability
of wire and solid shelves whenever your needs change.
Starter Units
D
Wt.
36
36
42
42
48
48
60
60
72
72
18
24
18
24
18
24
18
24
18
24
66
74
71
81
77
88
109
125
129
145
Standard Colors: Arctic White,
Black, Pearl Grey
Z-Line Long Span beams offer the ability to create shelving units
up to 96" wide by 48" deep.
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey
and Sand
QuickShip Colors: Arctic White,
Pearl Grey
Sloping Shelf units only available in
Medium Grey.
Epoxy
Cat. No.
E-361875-4 ♦
E-362475-4 ♦
E-421875-4
E-422475-4
E-481875-4 ♦
E-482475-4
E-601875-4
E-602475-4 ♦
E-721875-4
E-722475-4 ♦
List
Extra Shelves
$392.00
432.00
472.00
500.00
440.00
480.00
516.00
556.00
612.00
652.00
Cat. No.
Wt.
LE-3618P
LE-3624P
LE-4218P
LE-4224P
LE-4818P
LE-4824P
LE-6018P
LE-6024P
LE-7218P
LE-7224P
10.9
13
12.2
14.7
13.7
16.4
22
26
27
31
Price
List
Wide Profile Shelving With Particle Board Shelving
Price
$71.00
81.00
89.00
90.00
83.00
94.00
102.00
112.00
126.00
136.00
- Assembly required.
Unit Size
Units include four posts, four wire shelves, 16 starter clips, and leveling feet.
Add-On Units
(4 Shelves, 75" High)
- Assembly required.
W
D
Wt.
36
36
42
42
48
48
60
60
72
72
18
24
18
24
18
24
18
24
18
24
54
62
59
69
65
76
97
113
117
133
Epoxy
List
Cat. No.
Extra Shelves
Price
E-361875-4A ♦ $345.00
E-362475-4A ♦ 385.00
E-421875-4A
425.00
E-422475-4A
453.00
E-481875-4A ♦ 393.00
E-482475-4A
433.00
E-601875-4A
469.00
E-602475-4A ♦ 509.00
E-721875-4A
565.00
E-722475-4A ♦ 605.00
Cat. No.
Wt.
LE-3618A
LE-3624A
LE-4218A
LE-4224A
LE-4818A
LE-4824A
LE-6018A
LE-6024A
LE-7218A
LE-7224A
10.6
12.7
11.9
14.4
13.4
16.1
21
25
26
30
List
Price
$73.00
83.00
91.00
92.00
85.00
96.00
104.00
114.00
128.00
138.00
Units include two posts, four wire shelves, 8 add-on clips, and leveling feet.
90° add-on units available, call factory for pricing.
Wire Shelf Hand Carts
- Assembly required.
D
Cat. No.
Wt.
36
36
42
42
48
48
60
18
24
18
24
18
24
24
2 Shelves, 42" Height
HE-361835-2M* ♦
43
HE-362435-2M
49
HE-421835-2
46
HE-422435-2
53
HE-481835-2 ♦
49
HE-482435-2M
56
HE-602435-2 ♦
77
36
36
42
42
48
48
60
18
24
18
24
18
24
24
3 Shelves, 42" Height
HE-361835-3 ♦
55
HE-362435-3 ♦
63
HE-421835-3
58
HE-422435-3
68
HE-481835-3 ♦
63
HE-482435-3
73
HE-602435-3 ♦
101
List Price
$315.00
359.00
352.00
368.00
336.00
384.00
420.00
383.00
415.00
441.00
466.00
419.00
451.00
508.00
Units include two one-piece handles, two or three wire shelves,
Logic Clips, four donut bumpers, and two pair of swivel casters.
W
D
H
Cap.*
48
48
48
48
60
60
60
60
72
72
72
72
96
96
96
96
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
2250
2250
2250
2250
2000
2000
2000
2000
1750
1750
1750
1750
1250
1250
1250
1250
3 Shelves (2 Openings)
Cat.No.
Wt.
ZL7-4824-3D ♦
ZL7-4830-3D ♦
ZL7-4836-3D ♦
ZL7-4848-3D ♦
ZL7-6024-3D ♦
ZL7-6030-3D ♦
ZL7-6036-3D ♦
ZL7-6048-3D ♦
ZL7-7224-3D ♦
ZL7-7230-3D ♦
ZL7-7236-3D ♦
ZL7-7248-3D ♦
ZL7-9624-3D ♦
ZL7-9630-3D ♦
ZL7-9636-3D ♦
ZL7-9648-3D ♦
125
144
166
202
146
169
192
238
173
201
229
285
220
256
293
367
List
Price
$243.00
271.00
289.00
340.00
277.00
301.00
330.00
375.00
337.00
359.00
397.00
458.00
408.00
444.00
493.00
573.00
Extra Shelf Levels
Cat.No.
Wt.
List
Price
ZLES-4824D ♦
33 $55.00
39
64.00
ZLES-4830D ♦
ZLES-4836D ♦
47
70.00
ZLES-4848D ♦
59
87.00
40
66.00
ZLES-6024D ♦
ZLES-6030D ♦
48
74.00
55
84.00
ZLES-6036D ♦
ZLES-6048D ♦
71
99.00
49
86.00
ZLES-7224D ♦
ZLES-7230D ♦
58
93.00
68 106.00
ZLES-7236D ♦
ZLES-7248D ♦
86 126.00
ZLES-9624D ♦
65 110.00
77 121.00
ZLES-9630D ♦
ZLES-9636D ♦
89 138.00
ZLES-9648D ♦ 114 164.00
Uses SUR uprights. Shelves supported on all four sides with wide profile shelf supports (LRA-xx). 1 SDS-dd
included with 48" and 60" width units; 2 SDS-dd included with 72" width units; and 3 SDS-dd included with 96"
width units.
Wide Profile Shelving Without Decking
* Load capacity in pounds per
shelf level. Total unit capacity,
not to exceed 11,000 lbs. per unit
(2,750 lbs. per post), based on 24"
centers or less.
- Assembly required.
Unit Size
W
48
48
48
48
60
60
60
60
72
72
72
72
96
96
96
96
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
W
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Shelving Units
(4 Shelves, 75" High)
- Assembly required.
W
Please Note
Wire Shelf Hand Carts - Come with 4 swivel casters. Shelves can be
added, removed, or repositioned as quickly as your needs change
without disturbing other shelving levels.
D
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
24
30
36
48
H
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
Cap.*
2250
2250
2250
2250
2000
2000
2000
2000
1750
1750
1750
1750
1250
1250
1250
1250
3 Shelves (2 Openings)
Cat.No.
ZL7-4824-3 ♦
ZL7-4830-3 ♦
ZL7-4836-3 ♦
ZL7-4848-3 ♦
ZL7-6024-3 ♦
ZL7-6030-3 ♦
ZL7-6036-3 ♦
ZL7-6048-3 ♦
ZL7-7224-3 ♦
ZL7-7230-3 ♦
ZL7-7236-3 ♦
ZL7-7248-3 ♦
ZL7-9624-3 ♦
ZL7-9630-3 ♦
ZL7-9636-3 ♦
ZL7-9648-3 ♦
Wt.
65
69
73
82
71
75
79
88
83
88
94
105
100
106
113
127
List
Price
$199.00
211.00
223.00
244.00
217.00
229.00
240.00
261.00
259.00
275.00
289.00
317.00
312.00
333.00
349.00
384.00
Extra Shelf Levels
Cat.No.
ZLES-4824 ♦
ZLES-4830 ♦
ZLES-4836 ♦
ZLES-4848 ♦
ZLES-6024 ♦
ZLES-6030 ♦
ZLES-6036 ♦
ZLES-6048 ♦
ZLES-7224 ♦
ZLES-7230 ♦
ZLES-7236 ♦
ZLES-7248 ♦
ZLES-9624 ♦
ZLES-9630 ♦
ZLES-9636 ♦
ZLES-9648 ♦
Wt.
13.1
14.4
15.8
18.6
15.1
16.4
17.8
21
19
21
23
26
25
27
29
34
List
Price
$40.00
44.00
48.00
55.00
46.00
50.00
54.00
61.00
60.00
65.00
70.00
79.00
78.00
84.00
90.00
101.00
Uses SUR uprights. Shelves supported on all four sides with wide profile shelf supports (LRA-xx). 1 SDS-dd
included with 48" and 60" width units; 2 SDS-dd included with 72" width units; and 3 SDS-dd included with
96" width units.
Sloping Shelf Units
- Assembly required.
Unit Size
W
D
H
36
36
48
48
18
24
18
24
84
84
84
84
Starter Units
Cat.No.
ZT7-3618S-5 ♦
ZT7-3624S-5 ♦
ZT7-4818S-5 ♦
ZT7-4824S-5 ♦
Wt.
List
Price
137 $455.00
160 511.00
187 590.00
217 658.00
Adder Units
Cat.No.
ZT7-3618A-5 ♦
ZT7-3624A-5 ♦
ZT7-4818A-5 ♦
ZT7-4824A-5 ♦
Wt.
List
Price
136 $457.00
159 513.00
186 592.00
217 660.00
Extra Shelf Levels List
Cat.No.
Wt.
ZSSS-3618 ♦ 17.9
ZSSS-3624 ♦
23
ZSSS-4818 ♦
27
ZSSS-4824 ♦
33
Price
$68.00
83.00
92.00
105.00
* Product numbers ending with "M" ship in a single carton
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
36 WIRE SHELVING
BOLTLESS SHELVING 21
Workbenches: Mobile Workbenches
Z-Line Shelving: Low Profile
Z-Line Shelving is value without compromising performance. Its versatile array of
components means it fits all your storage needs. Combine an interlocking keyhole
design for fast, boltless installation without clips, gussets or sway bars and you have
a shelving system designed for your specific needs.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Mobile Workbenches keep employees productive no matter where they are on the
worksite. They feature all welded construction from heavy gauge steel. Units are
available in one or four drawer configurations. Standard features include: locking
cabinet with one cabinet shelf, two fixed and two swivel casters for easy steering.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, and Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey
and Sand
Z-Line Low Profile Shelving maximizes shelf openings in light to medium duty
support applications.
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
* Load capacity in pounds per shelf
level, evenly distributed. Total unit
capacity, using four uprights, not to
exceed 8000 lbs., based on 24"
centers or less.
Starter Unit
Add-on Unit
NOTE: Products are shown with one additional shelf level.
Mobile Workbench
Mobile Workbench
(With Modular Cabinet, One Drawer and Two Shelves)
Low Profile Shelving With Particle Board Shelving (4 Shelves, 3 Openings)
(With Modular Cabinet and Four Drawers)
- Assembly required.
Unit Size
W
D
H
Cap.*
36
36
36
36
42
42
42
42
48
48
48
48
12
18
24
36
12
18
24
36
12
18
24
36
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
600
600
600
600
550
550
550
550
500
500
500
500
Starter Units
Cat.No.
ZA7-3612S-4D ♦
ZA7-3618S-4D ♦
ZA7-3624S-4D ♦
ZA7-3636S-4D ♦
ZA7-4212S-4D ♦
ZA7-4218S-4D ♦
ZA7-4224S-4D ♦
ZA7-4236S-4D ♦
ZA7-4812S-4D ♦
ZA7-4818S-4D ♦
ZA7-4824S-4D ♦
ZA7-4836S-4D ♦
Wt.
List
Price
65 $138.00
83 155.00
99 168.00
136 212.00
73 150.00
93 168.00
111 183.00
154 225.00
80 158.00
103 178.00
124 190.00
175 239.00
Adder Units
Cat.No.
ZA7-3612A-4D ♦
ZA7-3618A-4D ♦
ZA7-3624A-4D ♦
ZA7-3636A-4D ♦
ZA7-4212A-4D ♦
ZA7-4218A-4D ♦
ZA7-4224A-4D ♦
ZA7-4236A-4D ♦
ZA7-4812A-4D ♦
ZA7-4818A-4D ♦
ZA7-4824A-4D ♦
ZA7-4836A-4D ♦
Wt.
List
Price
63 $132.00
80 146.00
95 159.00
135 213.00
71 144.00
89 159.00
107 173.00
153 227.00
78 151.00
99 169.00
120 181.00
174 240.00
Extra Shelf Levels
Cat.No.
ZAES-3612D ♦
ZAES-3618D ♦
ZAES-3624D ♦
ZAES-3636D ♦
ZAES-4212D ♦
ZAES-4218D ♦
ZAES-4224D ♦
ZAES-4236D ♦
ZAES-4812D ♦
ZAES-4818D ♦
ZAES-4824D ♦
ZAES-4836D ♦
Wt.
List
Price
10.9 $16.40
14.7 19.40
18.4 22.00
29 41.00
12.8 19.40
17.1 23.00
22 26.00
34 45.00
14.6 21.00
19.6 25.00
25 28.00
38 48.00
Cat No.
MB-2-2542 ♦
MBS-2124 ♦
MBS-1524
W
D
H
Wt.
Mobile Workbench
42
25 361/4 157
Extra Shelf For Cabinet
21
23 3/4
6.4
Extra Shelf Left Side
15
23 3/4
5
Load
Capacity
List
Price
1000 $852.00
100
100
41.00
37.00
Cat No.
MB-1-2542 ♦
MBS-2124 ♦
W
D
H
Wt.
Load
Capacity
List
Price
Mobile Workbench
42
25 361/4 182 1000 $1,070.00
Extra Shelf For Cabinet
21
23 3/4
6.4 100
41.00
Note: Drawer capacity is 70 pounds.
Note: Drawer capacity is 70 pounds.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
Starter units use four EUR uprights and 6 DRS end supports; adder units use two ZTP uprights and three DRS end supporters. Shelves are supported,
on front and rear only, by low profile shelf supports (DRS-ww14). 36" deep shelves are supported on all four sides.
Low Profile Shelving Without Decking (4 Shelves, 3 Openings)
- Assembly required.
Unit Size
W
D
H
Cap.*
36
36
36
36
42
42
42
42
48
48
48
48
12
18
24
36
12
18
24
36
12
18
24
36
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
84
600
600
600
600
550
550
550
550
500
500
500
500
Starter Units
Cat.No.
ZA7-3612S-4 ♦
ZA7-3618S-4 ♦
ZA7-3624S-4 ♦
ZA7-3636S-4 ♦
ZA7-4212S-4 ♦
ZA7-4218S-4 ♦
ZA7-4224S-4 ♦
ZA7-4236S-4 ♦
ZA7-4812S-4 ♦
ZA7-4818S-4 ♦
ZA7-4824S-4 ♦
ZA7-4836S-4 ♦
Wt.
List
Price
35 $114.00
38 119.00
39 120.00
46 140.00
38 120.00
40 125.00
41 126.00
48 145.00
40 125.00
43 130.00
44 131.00
51 151.00
Adder Units
Cat.No.
ZA7-3612A-4 ♦
ZA7-3618A-4 ♦
ZA7-3624A-4 ♦
ZA7-3636A-4 ♦
ZA7-4212A-4 ♦
ZA7-4218A-4 ♦
ZA7-4224A-4 ♦
ZA7-4236A-4 ♦
ZA7-4812A-4 ♦
ZA7-4818A-4 ♦
ZA7-4824A-4 ♦
ZA7-4836A-4 ♦
Wt.
List
Price
33 $108.00
34 110.00
35 111.00
45 141.00
36 113.00
37 116.00
37 116.00
48 147.00
38 119.00
39 121.00
40 122.00
50 152.00
Extra Shelf Levels
Cat.No.
ZAES-3612 ♦
ZAES-3618 ♦
ZAES-3624 ♦
ZAES-3636 ♦
ZAES-4212 ♦
ZAES-4218 ♦
ZAES-4224 ♦
ZAES-4236 ♦
ZAES-4812 ♦
ZAES-4818 ♦
ZAES-4824 ♦
ZAES-4836 ♦
Wt.
List
Price
3.4 $10.40
3.4 10.40
3.4 10.40
6.8 23.00
4.0 11.80
4.0 11.80
4.0 11.80
7.6 25.00
4.6 13.20
4.6 13.20
4.6 13.20
8.0 24.00
Starter units use four EUR uprights and 6 DRS end supports; adder units use two ZTP uprights and three DRS end supporters. Shelves are supported,
on front and rear only, by low profile shelf supports (DRS-ww14). 36" deep shelves are supported on all four sides.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
20 BOLTLESS SHELVING
WORKBENCHES 37
Workbenches: Mobile Workbenches
Please Note
Standard Color: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, and Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
ESP & Regal Shelving
Organization is the key to productivity. Tennsco organizes both your front and back office to keep offices running smoothly.
Tennsco's multipurpose ESP Shelving is ideal for storage applications in office stockrooms and throughout your plant. Everything you need shipped in one box.
Regal Shelving components snap together with steel shoulder rivets for added rigidity. This added strength makes Regal Shelving
sturdy enough for any storage application, while the wood grain laminate shelves make it attractive for the front office. Everything you need shipped in one box.
ESP Shelving
Please Note
Flanged For
Extra Support
MB-2530-BB
MB-3-2545
MB-4-2545
Standard Color: Medium Grey
ESP Shelves use multiplebend flanges with lapped
and welded corners.
The design permits loads
up to 250 lbs. per shelf.
MB-5-2545
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
MB-2530-C
MB-6-2545
ESP-1236 ♦
ESP-1836 ♦
ESP-2436 ♦
ESP-6-1236 ♦
ESP-6-1836 ♦
ESP-6-2436 ♦
MB-7-2545
Workbench Configurations
- Assembly required.
Cat No.
W
D
H
Wt.
MB-2530-BB ♦
MB-2530-C ♦
MB-3-2545 ♦
MB-4-2545 ♦
MB-5-2545
MB-6-2545
MB-7-2545
33
33
48
48
48
48
48
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
234
153
294
270
220
251
278
List
Price
$1,173.00
712.00
1,634.00
1,334.00
1,321.00
1,311.00
1,512.00
ES-12 ♦
ES-18 ♦
ES-24 ♦
Openings
W
D
4
4
4
5
5
5
36 12
36 18
36 24
36 12
36 18
36 24
Extra Shelves
H
Wt.
75
75
75
75
75
75
48
61
73
53
68
77
Packaged 2 shelves per carton, priced per shelf.
36
36
36
12
18
24
1
1
1
6.0
8.2
10.8
List
Price
$150.00
182.00
215.00
158.00
191.00
229.00
19.20
23.00
27.00
Regal Shelving
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
Please Note
Standard Color: Sand
QuickShip Color: Sand
Electric Riser
Push Handle Power Strip
Fits only 48" wide units.
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
- Assembly required.
Cat No.
W
D
H
Wt.
Electric Riser
RE-1045WK ♦
45
8 101/4 23
Push Handle Power Strip
MHE-25 ♦
25
8 101/4 10
List
Price
$167.00
162.00
Number of Openings
W
D
H
Wt.
List Price
RGL-1236S ♦
RGL-1536S ♦
RGL-1836S ♦
5
5
5
Starter Units
36
12
36
15
36
18
76
76
76
85
99
104
$199.00
219.00
244.00
RGL-1236A ♦
RGL-1536A ♦
RGL-1836A ♦
5
5
5
Add-On Units
36
12
36
15
36
18
76
76
76
80
94
100
166.00
185.00
210.00
Shelves have a Light Oak finish.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
38 WORKBENCHES
COMMERCIAL SHELVING 19
Add-A-Stack Shelving
Workbenches: Flared Legs
Need more filing or floor space? Add-A-Stack is the modular filing system that expands as easily as adding another shelf. The thin profile reduces the height of each
tier, allowing more within reaching height.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey, Sand
Tennsco Workbenches are constructed of only the finest materials. Choose
from a 12 gauge steel top, a solid hard wood top, a compressed wood top
or a plastic laminate top.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Light Grey,
Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Add-A-Stack Filing System
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
Stackable Tier
W
Overall
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
AS48L
Letter Sized 48" Wide Stackable Tier
With 6 fixed dividers 47
13 97/8 48 133/16 10
23
114.00
Wt.
List
Price
18
22
23
29
$87.00
124.00
109.00
146.00
Wt.
List
Price
Remarks
Base Size
Top Size
Letter Sized Base & Top Sets
36 133/16
AS36LBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* 36 133/16 1
AS36LBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 36 133/16 4
36 133/16
48 133/16
AS48LBT
48"w, no levelers* 48 133/16 1
AS48LBT-L 48"w, with levelers* 48 133/16 4
48 133/16
Cat. No.
Remarks
W
Inside
D
H
W
Overall
D
1
1
1
1
H
AS36G ♦
Legal Sized 36" Wide Stackable Tier
With 4 fixed dividers 35
16 97/8 36 163/16 10
25
$102.00
AS48G
Legal Sized 48" Wide Stackable Tier
With 6 fixed dividers 47
16 97/8 48 163/16 10
28
130.00
Wt.
List
Price
Remarks
Base Size
Top Size
Legal Sized Base & Top Sets
AS36GBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers* 36 163/16 1
36 163/16
AS36GBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 36 163/16 4
36 163/16
AS48GBT 48"w, no levelers* 48 163/16 1
48 163/16
AS48GBT-L 48"w, with levelers* 48 163/16 4
48 163/16
AS36PS ♦
AS36LD
AS48PS
AS48LD
Cat. No.
AS36X ♦
Cat. No.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
H
$88.00
Locking Door
Posting Shelf
D
20
Cat. No.
Base and Top Set (4" Base with levelers)
Inside
Letter Sized 36" Wide Stackable Tier
With 4 fixed dividers 35
13 97/8 36 133/16 10
Cat. No.
Base and Top Set (1" Base, no levelers)
W
AS36L ♦
Cat. No.
NOTE:
*Bases are available in either 1" height (without levelers)
or 4" height (with levelers).
- All tops are 1" high.
- Tiers priced as each, packed 2 per box.
Remarks
Remarks
W
1
1
1
1
D
Posting Shelves & Locking Doors
36" wide posting shelf
36
911/16
36" wide locking door
36
911/16
48" wide posting shelf
48
911/16
48" wide locking door
48
911/16
Remarks
W
Inside
D
H
W
Overall
D
H
X-Ray Sized 36" Wide Stackable Tier
36 193/16 15
With 4 fixed dividers
Remarks
Base Size
Top Size
X-Ray Sized Base & Top Sets
1
36 193/16
AS36XBT ♦ 36"w, no levelers*
AS36XBT-L ♦ 36"w, with levelers* 4
36 193/16
1
1
21
27
27
34
$105.00
131.00
120.00
161.00
Wt.
List
Price
10
7
13.3
8.2
$131.00
155.00
136.00
185.00
Wt.
List
Price
42
$172.00
Wt.
List
Price
24
30
$120.00
140.00
Steel Top Workbenches
Solid Hard Wood Top Workbenches
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
- Assembly required.
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
With Stringer & Legs
30
331/2
4000
WB-1-3048S ♦ 48
WB-1-3060S ♦ 60
30
331/2
2500
WB-1-3072S ♦ 72
30
331/2
1800
30
331/2
4000
WB-1-3096S* ♦ 96
WB-1-3660S ♦ 60
36
331/2
2500
36
331/2
1800
WB-1-3672S ♦ 72
WB-1-3696S* ♦ 96
36
331/2
4000
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
Wt.
List
Price
91
103
120
173
122
134
192
$324.00
341.00
379.00
525.00
392.00
428.00
578.00
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
With Stringer & Legs
WB-1-3048W 48
30
33¾
4000
WB-1-3060W ♦ 60
30
33¾
3800
WB-1-3072W ♦ 72
30
33¾
3600
30
33¾
4000
WB-1-3096W* 96
WB-1-3660W ♦ 60
36
33¾
3800
36
33¾
3600
WB-1-3672W ♦ 72
WB-1-3696W* 96
36
33¾
4000
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
Wt.
List
Price
96 $497.00
124
560.00
142
648.00
184
896.00
137
650.00
162
746.00
217 1,305.00
Plastic Top is White.
White Plastic Laminate Top Workbenches
Compressed Wood Top Workbenches
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
- Assembly required.
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
With Stringer & Legs
WB-1-3048C 48
30
333/4
2400
30
333/4
1900
WB-1-3060C ♦ 60
WB-1-3072C ♦ 72
30
333/4
1500
WB-1-3096C* 96
30
333/4
2400
WB-1-3660C ♦ 60
36
333/4
1900
WB-1-3672C ♦ 72
36
333/4
1500
WB-1-3696C* 96
36
333/4
2400
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
Wt.
List
Price
124
152
175
233
169
206
270
$436.00
457.00
518.00
855.00
514.00
574.00
865.00
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
With Stringer & Legs
WB-1-3048P 48
30
331/2
1200
30
331/2
800
WB-1-3060P ♦ 60
WB-1-3072P ♦ 72
30
331/2
750
WB-1-3096P* 96
30
331/2
1200
WB-1-3660P ♦ 60
36
331/2
800
WB-1-3672P ♦ 72
36
331/2
750
WB-1-3696P* 96
36
331/2
1200
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
Wt.
List
Price
126
123
139
190
150
182
225
$412.00
440.00
501.00
698.00
523.00
582.00
803.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45.
18 STACKABLE TIERS
WORKBENCHES 39
Fixed Shelf &
Lateral File Units
Workbenches: Adjustable Legs
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Fixed Shelf Files are sturdy welded units that do not have to be assembled and also
offer an optional posting shelf for additional work surface. Fixed Shelf Lateral Files
are available with or without doors. Open Units are perfect for color-coded filing
systems, books, manuals etc. Use Closed Units when confidentiality, security or
protection of materials is of paramount concern. Closed Units have individual
retractable doors for each shelf level.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light
Grey, Champagne/Putty and Sand
Fixed Shelf File
Cat. No.
Number of Openings
W
7
341/2 131/2
Reference Shelf
30
12
Extra Divider*
11
FSF-78 ♦
FSFRS-1 ♦
PD-1108-BK
Steel Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches
Solid Hard Wood Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Load
Wt.
List
Capacity
Price
30
**
4000 98 $344.00
WBA-1-3048S ♦ 48
30
**
2500 110
361.00
WBA-1-3060S ♦ 60
WBA-1-3072S ♦ 72
30
**
1800 127
399.00
WBA-1-3096S* ♦ 96
30
**
4000 182
555.00
36
**
2500 129
414.00
WBA-1-3660S ♦ 60
WBA-1-3672S ♦ 72
36
**
1800 141
450.00
36
**
4000 202
611.00
WBA-1-3696S* ♦ 96
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
**Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers.
Cat. No.
H
Wt.
List Price
78
117
$544.00
/2
8.6
50.00
8
.4
2.20
H
Wt.
List Price
180
218
242
$1,231.00
1,410.00
1,562.00
63½
751/4
87
124
150
175
701.00
764.00
857.00
8
.8
1
*Dividers available in black only.
- Comes standard with four dividers per shelf level (dividers are black only).
- Assembly required.
- Assembly required.
D
W
D
H
Load
Wt.
List
Capacity
Price
30
**
4000 109 $541.00
WBA-1-3048W ♦ 48
WBA-1-3060W ♦ 60
30
**
3800 131
580.00
30
**
3600 148
668.00
WBA-1-3072W ♦ 72
WBA-1-3096W* 96
30
**
4000 194
926.00
WBA-1-3660W ♦ 60
36
**
3800 144
672.00
36
**
3600 168
768.00
WBA-1-3672W ♦ 72
WBA-1-3696W* 96
36
**
4000 227 1,338.00
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
**Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 85
Fixed Shelf Lateral Files
Plastic Top is White.
Compressed Wood Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches
- Assembly required.
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
WBA-1-3048C
WBA-1-3060C ♦
WBA-1-3072C ♦
WBA-1-3096C*
WBA-1-3660C ♦
WBA-1-3672C ♦
WBA-1-3696C*
Plastic Laminate Top Adjustable Leg Workbenches
W
48
60
72
96
60
72
96
D
H
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
Load
Capacity
2400
1900
1500
2400
1900
1500
2400
Wt.
131
159
181
238
176
212
280
List
Price
$456.00
477.00
538.00
876.00
536.00
596.00
898.00
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
**Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers.
Cat. No.
W
WBA-1-3048P
48
WBA-1-3060P ♦ 60
WBA-1-3072P ♦ 72
WBA-1-3096P* 96
WBA-1-3660P ♦ 60
WBA-1-3672P ♦ 72
WBA-1-3696P* 96
D
H
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
Load
Capacity
1200
800
750
1200
800
750
1200
Wt.
115
130
145
200
157
188
235
List
Price
$432.00
460.00
521.00
728.00
545.00
604.00
836.00
*96”w workbenches have 3 sets of legs.
**Height is adjustable from 27 7/8” to 35 3/8” on 1 1/2” centers.
Cat. No.
Product Description
W
D
Closed Lateral File (Door Units)
FS351L ♦ 5-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36
17
63½
FS361L ♦ 6-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36
17
751/4
FS371L ♦ 7-Level Fixed Shelf Unit w/Doors 36
17
87
FS350 ♦
FS360 ♦
FS370 ♦
5-Level Fixed Shelf Unit
6-Level Fixed Shelf Unit
7-Level Fixed Shelf Unit
FDP-1108 ♦
Open Lateral File
36
17
36
17
36
17
Extra Divider
11
2.50
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45.
40 WORKBENCHES
FIXED SHELF FILING UNITS 17
Workbenches: Electronic Workbenches
& Electronic Modular Workbenches
Imperial Open Shelf Filing
& HIPAA Compliant Doors
Imperial Shelving, the most economical method to file end-tab file folders, keeps
materials upright while making files more visible, especially when using a color-coding
system. All units have closed end panels. Each shelf comes with 5 adjustable dividers
and plastic feet to protect carpet or floor. It also offers a variety of doors that meet
HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996) healthcare
privacy regulations for safeguarding personal health information.
Starter Units
Adder Units
- Assembly required.
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
No. of
Openings
W
D
H
Wt.
Single Entry Starter Units
1276PC ♦
6
36 12 76 117
127648PC ♦ 6
48 12 76 140
1576PC ♦
6
36 15 76 125
1288PC ♦
7
36 12 88 133
128848PC ♦ 7
48 12 88 156
1588PC ♦
7
36 15 88 145
Double Entry Starter Units
2476PC ♦
12
36 24 76 199
247648PC ♦ 12
48 24 76 247
2488PC ♦
14
36 24 88 229
248848PC ♦ 14
48 24 88 286
3076PC ♦
12
36 30 76 220
3088PC ♦
14
36 30 88 256
RSMB-12
RSMB-15
RSMB-24
RSMB-30
Reference Shelf
30 12 5/8
30 15 5/8
30 24 5/8
30 30 5/8
List
Price
Cat. No.
Please Note
Please Note
Standard Color: Sand
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
No. of
Openings
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
$376.00
459.00
401.00
428.00
517.00
454.00
Single Entry Add-On Units
1276AC ♦
6
36 12 76 108
127648AC ♦ 6
48 12 76 130
1576AC ♦
6
36 15 76 114
1288AC ♦
7
36 12 88 125
128848AC ♦ 7
48 12 88 147
1588AC ♦
7
36 15 88 132
$337.00
406.00
375.00
399.00
479.00
423.00
640.00
775.00
719.00
883.00
709.00
783.00
Double Entry Add-On Units
2476AC ♦
12
36 24 76 177
247648AC ♦ 12
48 24 76 222
2488AC ♦
14
36 24 88 203
248848AC ♦ 14
48 24 88 257
3076AC ♦
12
36 30 76 205
3088AC ♦
14
36 30 88 225
587.00
725.00
660.00
826.00
689.00
716.00
9.3
9.7
10.8
11.6
50.00
51.00
55.00
57.00
Extra Shelf Kit
ISK-3612* ♦
Single Entry
13
40.00
ISK-3615* ♦
Single Entry
14.1
43.00
ISK-4812* ♦
Single Entry
18.8
51.00
ISK-3624*
Double Entry
24
66.00
Double Entry
25
72.00
ISK-3630*
ISK-4824* ♦
Double Entry
30
85.00
* Includes: 2 shelf supports, 1 shelf, 1 backstop
and 5 dividers.
NOTE: 12" & 24" Deep units are letter sized.
15" & 30" Deep units are legal sized.
EB-1-3072S
Solid Steel Top
Electronic Workbench
EB-1-3072M
Hard Wood Top
Electronic Workbench
EB-1-3072C
Compressed Wood Top
Electronic Workbench
EB-1-3072P
Plastic Laminate Top
Electronic Workbench
Electronic Workbenches
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
EB-1-3072S ♦
EB-1-3072M ♦
EB-1-3672M ♦
EB-1-3072P ♦
EB-1-3672P ♦
EB-1-3072C ♦
EB-1-3672C ♦
Top Material
W
D
Electronic Workbenches
Solid Steel
72
Hard Wood
72
Hard Wood
72
Plastic Laminate
72
Plastic Laminate
72
Compressed Wood
72
Compressed Wood
72
30
30
36
30
36
30
36
H
331/2
333/4
333/4
331/2
331/2
333/4
333/4
Load
Capacity
Wt.
List
Price
1800
2000
2000
750
750
1500
1500
156
178
195
175
215
211
239
$557.00
826.00
918.00
679.00
754.00
696.00
746.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
Doors
Cat. No.
Reference Shelf
Provides a convenient pull-out
work space anywhere. Reduces
filing or storage space by 1".
Hinged Door Assembly
Adds 2 3/4” to outside depth of
unit, including handles; frame
uses 1/2” vertical filing space.
Sliding Door Kit
Single sliding door offers
lockable security.
16 HIGH DENSITY OFFICE FILING UNITS
W
D
H
Wt.
Hinged Doors with Extended Frames
2 1/4
76
60
LTHD-3676RHD 36
2 1/4
76
86
LTHD-4876RHD 48
2 1/4
88
68
LTHD-3688RHD 36
LTHD-4888RHD 48
2 1/4
88
89
Sliding Door Kit
SD-3676-1 ♦
36
4 1/8
76
103
SD-4876-1 ♦
48
4 1/8
76
138
SD-3688-1 ♦
36
4 1/8
88
120
SD-4888-1 ♦
48
4 1/8
88
160
List
Price
$423.00
552.00
422.00
606.00
907.00
955.00
922.00
971.00
* All doors come standard with lock, in compliance with
(HIPAA) Health Insurance Portability and Accountability
Act of 1996 regulations.
Two Piece Backs
Cat. No.
W
H
Wt.
List
Price
Two Piece Backs (to enclose units with doors)
76
18.6
$101.00
LTBP-3676-2
36
76
21.0
111.00
LTBP-4876-2
48
LTBP-3688-2
36
88
25.0
129.00
LTBP-4888-2
48
88
29.0
144.00
EMB-1-3072S
Solid Steel Top
Electronic Modular
Workbench
EMB-2-3072S
Solid Steel Top
Electronic Modular
Workbench
Electronic Modular Workbenches
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
Top Material
W
W
DD
Electronic Modular Workbenches
EMB-1-3072S ♦
Solid Steel w/ 2 Drawer Units
72
30
EMB-1-3072M ♦
Hard Wood w/ 2 Drawer Units
72
30
EMB-1-3072P ♦
Plastic Laminate w/ 2 Drawer Units
72
30
EMB-1-3072C ♦
Compressed Wood w/ 2 Drawer Units
72
30
EMB-2-3072S* ♦
Solid Steel w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet
72
30
EMB-2-3072M* ♦
Hard Wood w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet
72
30
EMB-2-3072P* ♦ Plastic Laminate w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet
72
30
EMB-2-3072C* ♦ Compressed Wood w/ 1 Drawer & 1 Cabinet 72
30
HH
331/2
333/4
331/2
333/4
331/2
333/4
331/2
333/4
Load
Wt.
Capacity
Wt.List List
Price Price
1800
2000
750
1500
1800
2000
750
1500
248 $1,359.00
267 1,619.00
264 1,472.00
300 1,489.00
219 1,110.00
238 1,370.00
235 1,223.00
271 1,240.00
*Load capacity is for top only.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 85
NOTE: Workbench accessories are located on pages 43-45.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
WORKBENCHES 41
Workbenches: Tops with Stringer
Overfiles & Lateral File Accessories
Please Note
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
QuickShip Color: Black. Laminate
top is available in Mahoghony, Oak
and Walnut.
Hard Wood and Compressed Wood available in Natural Only.
Laminate is availble in white only.
Overfiles
Increase storage capacity by turning unused space above lateral files into productive
space. Sliding doors offer easy access while keeping the office environment neat.
(L3620F shown)
Cat. No.
Workbench Tops (includes stringer)
Cat. No.
T-3048 ♦
T-3060 ♦
T-3072 ♦
T-3096* ♦
T-3648 ♦
T-3660 ♦
T-3672 ♦
T-3696* ♦
48
60
72
96
48
60
72
96
Load
Capacity
Steel Top With Stringer**
30
11/2
4000
30
11/2
2500
30
11/2
1800
30
11/2
4000
36
11/2
4000
36
11/2
2500
36
11/2
1800
36
11/2
4000
THB-3060
THB-3072
THB-3672
60
72
72
Steel Top With Hard Board**
30
11/2
2500
30
11/2
1800
36
11/2
1800
78
99
119
311.00
353.00
400.00
MT-3060 ♦
MT-3072 ♦
MT-3660 ♦
MT-3672 ♦
60
72
60
72
Hard Wood Top With Stringer
30
13/4
3800
30
13/4
3600
36
13/4
3800
36
13/4
3600
95
113
105
130
466.00
554.00
550.00
646.00
PT-3060 ♦
PT-3072 ♦
PT-3660 ♦
PT-3672 ♦
Plastic Laminate Top With Stringer
60
30
11/2
800
94
72
30
11/2
750
110
36
11/2
800
118
60
72
36
11/2
750
150
346.00
407.00
423.00
482.00
CT-3060 ♦
CT-3072 ♦
CT-3660 ♦
CT-3672 ♦
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
62
74
91
129
71
90
107
144
230.00
247.00
285.00
384.00
246.00
292.00
328.00
428.00
Compressed Wood Top With Stringer
60
30
13/4
1900
123
72
30
13/4
1500
146
60
36
13/4
1900
137
72
36
13/4
1500
174
363.00
424.00
414.00
474.00
Product Description
W
D
H
L301OF
L361OF
L421OF
Single Level Overfile
Single Level Overfile
Single Level Overfile
Single Level
30
18
181/4
36
18
181/4
42
18
181/4
L302OF
L362OF
L422OF
Double Level Overfile
Double Level Overfile
Double Level Overfile
Double Level
30
18
27½
36
18
27½
42
18
27½
Wt.
List Price
47
55
61
$501.00
528.00
564.00
63
76
89
513.00
555.00
615.00
Wt.
List Price
Lateral File Accessories*
Cat. No.
Product Description
15CR* ♦
Cross Rods (Pair)**
5AD* ♦
Dividers
For 2-Drawer Files
30" Counterweight
T30CW-4
T36CW-4
36" Counterweight
T42CW-4
42" Counterweight
For 3, 4 and 5-Drawer Files
T30CW-2
30" Counterweight
36" Counterweight
T36CW-2
T42CW-2
42" Counterweight
T1830 ♦
T1836 ♦
T1842 ♦
TLPLH
W
D
H
Cross Rods
153/4 17/8 7/8
Dividers
131/2 6 3/16
Counterweights
205/8
345/8
405/8
-
101/2
101/2
101/2
205/8
101/2
345/8
101/2
405/8
101/2
Laminate Tops
30" Laminate Top
30
18
1 1/16
36" Laminate Top
36
18
1 1/16
42" Laminate Top
42
18
1 1/16
Extra Long Pull Label Holder
4
1 5/16
1
$8.50
0.7
4.10
34
41
47
76.00
90.00
106.00
17
20
24
41.00
48.00
56.00
17
23
26
145.00
172.00
226.00
0.1
1.20
Laminate Tops
Self-edged laminate tops add
another work surface to your
office and are available in sizes
to top off any file. Available in
Oak, Walnut and Mahogany
laminates.
* Available in black only.
** Use 1 pair per drawer.
*Note: 96" tops require 3 legs.
**Includes four mounting channels (enough to mount one workbench
drawer or two modular cabinets.)
Divider
Cross Rods
5AD
15CR
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
42 WORKBENCHES
OVERFILES & LATERAL FILE ACCESSORIES 15
Workbench Accessories: Legs
& Modular Storage Units
Lateral Files
Lateral Files offer substantial space savings and more efficient access to your mostused files. A standard, single “master” lock controls all drawers and doors, while
drawers easily slide out on full progressive, lifetime warranted ball bearing
suspensions. Files come standard with hanging folder rods for filing Pendaflex
folders (side-to-side). Order optional cross rods for front-to-back filing.
Please Note
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
QuickShip Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty
6-Drawer
5-Drawer
4-Drawer
3-Drawer
2-Drawer
Posting Shelf**
Optional hideaway posting shelf
provides a handy place to make
notes or place materials.
(Available on 5 drawer files only.)
Cat. No.*
Product Description
W
D
H
Wt.
List Price
LPL3024L20
LPL3024L21
LPL3624L20 ♦
LPL3624L21
LPL4224L20 ♦
LPL4224L21
30" File
30" File
36" File
36" File
42" File
42" File
Two Drawer Lateral File
30
17 15/16
27 9/16
27 9/16
30
17 15/16
36
17 15/16
27 9/16
27 9/16
36
17 15/16
42
17 15/16
27 9/16
42
17 15/16
27 9/16
97
101
108
112
120
124
$660.00
759.00
678.00
776.00
723.00
823.00
LPL3036L30
LPL3036L31
LPL3636L30 ♦
LPL3636L31
LPL4236L30
LPL4236L31
30" File
30" File
36" File
36" File
42" File
42" File
Three Drawer Lateral File
30
17 15/16
39 3/8
30
17 15/16
39 3/8
39 3/8
36
17 15/16
36
17 15/16
39 3/8
39 3/8
42
17 15/16
42
17 15/16
39 3/8
131
136
145
151
160
166
859.00
1,011.00
886.00
1,036.00
945.00
1,098.00
LPL3048L40
LPL3048L41
LPL3648L40
LPL3648L41
LPL4248L40 ♦
LPL4248L41
30" File
30" File
36" File
36" File
42" File
42" File
Four Drawer Lateral File
30
17 15/16
51 ¼
30
17 15/16
51 ¼
36
17 15/16
51 ¼
51 ¼
36
17 15/16
42
17 15/16
51 ¼
42
17 15/16
51 ¼
167
174
184
192
206
215
1,055.00
1,253.00
1,087.00
1,282.00
1,155.00
1,354.00
LPL3060L50
LPL3060L51
LPL3660L50 ♦
LPL3660L51 ♦
LPL4260L50 ♦
LPL4260L51 ♦
LPL3672L60
LPL4272L60
Five Drawer Lateral File (top drawer has a retractable door)
30" File
30
17 15/16
65
205
30" File
30
17 15/16
65
213
36" File
36
17 15/16
65
227
36" File
36
17 15/16
65
239
42" File
42
17 15/16
65
262
42" File
42
17 15/16
65
270
Six Drawer Lateral File (top two drawers have retractable doors)
76 7/8
227
36" File, Combination Unit*
36
17 15/16
42" File, Combination Unit*
42
17 15/16
76 7/8
293
14 LATERAL FILES
Cat. No.
W
D
H
L-2830 ♦
L-2836 ♦
L-3230 ♦
L-3236 ♦
31/2
31/2
31/2
31/2
30
36
30
36
28
28
32
32
Load
Capacity
5000
5000
5000
5000
Wt.
14.5
15.5
14.5
16
List
Price
$57.00
59.00
47.00
50.00
Priced as each.
Load Capacity represents total per pair.
Modular Storage Cabinet
Cat. No.
Retractable Door
Spring assisted doors automatically
retract with the slightest touch
to keep aisles clear and provide
complete access to your files.
1,605.00
1,680.00
W
MS-1524 ♦
15
MBS-1524
15
D
H
Load
Capacity
Modular Storage Cabinet
24
32
1000
Optional Second Shelf
3
23
/4
100
Wt.
List
Price
48
$276.00
5
37.00
Wt.
List
Price
77
69
$525.00
505.00
.6
1.80
Adjustable Leg
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
Wt.
List
Price
AL-3230 ♦
AL-3236 ♦
AL-4230 ♦
AL-4236 ♦
3
3
3
3
30
36
30
36
*
*
**
**
4000
4000
3000
3000
17.8
19.3
18.8
20.3
$57.00
61.00
66.00
70.00
7
3
1
* Height is adjustable from 27 /8" to 35 /8 " on 1 /2 " centers. Priced as each.
**Height is adjustable from 353/8” to 413/8 “ on 11/2 “ centers. Priced as each.
Load Capacity represents total per pair.
1,328.00
1,528.00
1,357.00
1,568.00
1,440.00
1,655.00
* L_O Fixed Drawer Fronts; L_1 Retractable Doors; L50 Combination - four solid front doors on bottom openings/retractable door with roll-out drawer on top opening.
** For posting shelf unit add a “P” suffix (ex. LPL4260L51P) to the catalog number and add $85.00 to the list price. (Available on 5 drawer files only.)
For counter weights add a “W” suffix (ex. LPL4224L20W)to the catalog number and add $55.00 on 2-Drawer 30" wide shelving, $65.00 on 2-Drawer 36" wide shelving, and
$75.00 on 2-Drawer 42" wide shelving list prices.
For counter weights add a “W” suffix (ex. LPL4248L40W)to the catalog number and add $31.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 30" wide shelving, $36.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 36" wide shelving, and
$41.00 on 3, 4, 5-Drawer 42" wide shelving list prices.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
Flared Leg
Modular Drawer Cabinet
Cat. No.
Panel Legs
W
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
LP-3230* ♦
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
Wt.
List
Price
3
28
32
2000
48
$173.00
Priced as pairs.
Load Capacity represents total per pair.
*Requires WOP-72 (see page 45)
MD-1524 ♦
MD3-1524 ♦
15
15
WBDD-12 ♦
123/8
D
H
Load
Capacity
Modular Drawer Cabinet
24
32
1000
24
32
1000
Extra Divider*
41/4
MD-1524 has 4 box drawers and MD3-1524 has 2 box drawers and 1 file drawer
*Note: Divider is galvanized.
WORKBENCHES 43
Workbench Accessories: Side & Back
Rail Kits, Shelves, Casters & Drawers
Vertical Files
Tennsco Vertical Files are as attractive as they are dependable.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Please Note
Choose from 2, 3, 4 and 5 drawer models in 28” depth in either letter or legal widths.
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
Side & Back Rail Kit
Shown with optional
Cam Lock
Stackable Drawer
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
SB-3048 ♦
SB-3060 ♦
SB-3072 ♦
SB-3096 ♦
SB-3648 ♦
SB-3660 ♦
SB-3672 ♦
SB-3696 ♦
48
60
72
96
48
60
72
96
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
36
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
12.2
14
15.7
18.9
13.9
15.2
17
19.9
List
Price
$46.00
49.00
53.00
70.00
50.00
52.00
56.00
72.00
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Load
Capacity
Stackable Drawer
18
81/4
70
WBD-1MG* ♦ 15
18
81/4
70
WBD-1LMG** ♦ 15
WBD-1
15
18
81/4
70
Cam Lock (Field Installable)
CL-1 ♦
Extra Drawer Divider
WBDD-12 ♦
123/8
41/4
Wt.
21
20
18
List
Price
2-Drawer
$83.00
88.00
142.00
.1
5.20
.6
1.80
Cat. No.
Hanging Drawer
Cat. No.
W
D
S-48 ♦
S-60 ♦
S-72 ♦
S-96 ♦
48
60
72
96
14
14
14
14
H
-
Load
Capacity
450
450
350
850
Wt.
List
Price
15.5 $53.00
19.5 63.00
23
74.00
31 100.00
Cat. No.
W
D
H
WBD-25
25
22
6
Load
Capacity
70
3-Drawer
4-Drawer
5-Drawer
Vertical Files
* Medium grey only.
** Medium grey only with cam lock.
Lower Shelf For Units With Open Bench Legs
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Description
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
V282-MF
V282C-MF
Two Drawer Vertical File
Letter Size, 2 Drawer 1415/16 28 2615/16
Legal Size, 2 Drawer 1715/16 28 2615/16
80
86
$514.00
533.00
V283-MF
V283C-MF
Three Drawer Vertical File
Letter Size, 3 Drawer 1415/16 28 383/4
Legal Size, 3 Drawer 1715/16 28 383/4
113
120
651.00
678.00
V284-MF
V284C-MF
Four Drawer Vertical File
Letter Size, 4 Drawer 1415/16 28 509/16 144
Legal Size, 4 Drawer 1715/16 28 509/16 154
795.00
820.00
V285-MF
V285C-MF
Five Drawer Vertical File
Letter Size, 5 Drawer 1415/16 28 623/8
Legal Size, 5 Drawer 1715/16 28 623/8
924.00
959.00
176
187
Superior Drawer
Suspensions
Drawers operate quietly and
effortlessly with the help of a
three-member, telescoping, steel
ball bearing suspension system
which allows each drawer to be
completely extended for total
access. Standard inner lock keeps
more than one drawer from opening at one time.
Wt.
List
Price
17 $140.00
Neat, Easy Filing
With full height sides that are
ready to accept hanging folders
and a durable, metal follower
block, there is no need for file
frames that may be lost or
misplaced.
Lower Shelf For Modular Units With 72"w Tops
Cat. No.
W
D
H
SM-42 ♦
42
14
11/2
Load
Capacity
250
Wt.
List
Price
14.4 $53.00
Caster Kits
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
Load
Capacity
WBCK-3036* ♦
2 Fixed, 2 Swivel
1000
WBCK-3036S**
All Swivel
1000
Fits 30” & 36” Legs.
44 WORKBENCHES
W
D
H
Wt.
16
16
List
Price
$92.00
95.00
Full Depth Lower Shelf
Cat. No.
FS-48
FS-60
FS-72
FS-96
W
D
H
48
60
72
96
20
20
20
20
-
Load
Capacity
450
450
350
850
Wt.
15.5
19.5
23.0
31.0
List
Price
$100.00
109.00
125.00
202.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
VERTICAL FILES 13
Literature Sorters, 30-Drawer
Organizers & Card Files
Tennsco offers three great options to organize and access company materials, a wide
variety of non-traditional sized media and various items you need to store and file.
Various sizes allow you to find a size that meets your needs, and all units are welded
construction to assure you of outstanding value and years of use.
Workbench Accessories: Risers, Outlet
Panels, Wiring Kit & Service Carts
Please Note
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Standard Colors: Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Color: Medium Grey
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light
Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/
Putty and Sand
Optional dividers in drawer organizer are
available in black only.
Workbench Riser With End Supports
Electronic Riser With End Supports
- Assembly required.
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
R-1048 ♦
R-1060 ♦
R-1072 ♦
R-1096* ♦
R-106018
R-107218
48
60
72
96
60
72
101/2
101/2
101/2
101/2
101/2
101/2
12
12
12
12
18
18
Load
Capacity
600
450
350
1000
450
350
Wt.
18.5
21
24
32
24
27
List
Price
$77.00
78.00
87.00
136.00
93.00
102.00
Includes center riser supports.
Cat. No.
RE-1060 ♦
RE-1072 ♦
RE-1560 ♦
RE-1572 ♦
RE-18-1560 ♦
RE-18-1572 ♦
RE-18-1596 ♦
W
D
H
60
72
60
72
60
72
96
101/2
101/2
15
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
18
18
18
Load
Capacity
450
350
450
350
450
350
300
Wt.
Load
Capacity
450
350
450
350
450
350
300
Wt.
27
31
35
39
38
43
53
List
Price
$110.00
119.00
136.00
146.00
146.00
156.00
205.00
Note: Wiring kit sold separately.
30-Drawer Organizers
Literature Sorters
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
4075 ♦
Letter Sized Openings
305/8 115/8
33
80
$405.00
5075 ♦
305/8
Legal Sized Openings
145/8
33
89
439.00
Extra Shelves
4005 ♦ Letter Size Pack of 5
5005 ♦ Legal Size Pack of 5
6.4
8.1
8 Drawer
6 Drawer
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
2085 ♦
Letter Sized Openings
305/8 115/8
33
95
$560.00
3085 ♦
305/8
Legal Sized Openings
145/8
33
112
597.00
Optional Dividers
Pack of 30
30AD ♦
Prewired Electronic Riser
With End Supports
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
49.00
6.7
Electronic Outlet Panel For 72"
Benches With Panel Legs
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
WOP-72 ♦
715/8
3
43/8
17.4
List
Price
$99.00
Note: Wiring kit sold separately.
Includes front and rear panels.
7 Drawer
CF-846
CF-669
17.90
21.00
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
CF-558 ♦
CF-646 ♦
CF-669 ♦
CF-758 ♦
CF-846 ♦
No. of
Drawers
5
6
6
7
8
W
D
H
Wt.
19
15
21
19
15
28
28
28
28
28
407/16
407/16
523/8
523/8
523/8
165
170
214
220
216
List
Price
$1,164.00
1,235.00
1,388.00
1,440.00
1,522.00
CF-558 Stores up to 27,200 5 x 8 cards. 640 CDs (960 with center divider
removed.) 420 DVDs in standard movie case.
CF-646 Stores up to 32,600 3 x 5 or 4 x 6 cards.
CF-669 Stores up to 32,600 6 x 9 cards. Ideal for DVDs with use of a second
drawer divider.
CF-758 Stores up to 38,100 5 x 8 cards. 588 DVDs in standard movie case. 896
CDs (1344 with center divider removed.)
CF-846 Stores up to 43,400 3 x 5 or 4 x 6 cards.
CF-646
D
60 101/2
REI-1060-WK-1
REI-1072-WK-1
72 101/2
60
15
REI-1560-WK-1
REI-1572-WK-1
72
15
REI-18-1560-WK-1 60 15
REI-18-1572-WK-1 72 15
REI-18-1596-WK-1 96 15
H
12
12
12
12
18
18
18
30
34
35
53
54
60
72
List
Price
$269.00
277.00
291.00
305.00
301.00
315.00
357.00
CF-758
Card & Multimedia Storage
6 Drawer
W
5 Drawer
CF-558
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
12 LITERATURE SORTERS, 30-DRAWER ORGANIZERS & CARD FILES
Electronic Outlet Panel For 72"
Benches With Two Modular Units
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
WOP-42 ♦
42
33/8
43/8
10.3
List
Price
$45.00
Note: Wiring kit sold separately.
Service Cart
- Assembly required. Shown with optional center tray.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
16" Wide Cart
30
16
32
36
Optional Center Tray for 16" Wide Cart
ST-16 ♦
30
16
31/4
11
24" Wide Cart
24
32
40
SC-2436 ♦
36
Optional Center Tray for 24" Wide Cart
ST-24 ♦
36
24
31/4
15.8
SC-1630 ♦
List
Price
$167.00
50.00
210.00
66.00
Wiring Kit
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
WK-1 ♦
W
D
H
Wt.
-
-
-
2.5
List
Price
$107.00
WORKBENCHES 45
Stur-D-Bench
Bookcases
Stur-D-Bench Workbenches keep tools and supplies within easy reach for added
convenience and productivity. Assemble easily with unique interlocking keyhole
slot design.
Please Note
Standard Color: Accent Blue
QuickShip Color: Accent Blue
Tennsco offers three styles of bookcases depending on your needs.
Welded Bookcases – Cool, contemporary look. No exposed bolts offer a smooth
front case design.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Bookcases and Case Style Files – Ultimate in flexibility and value. Shipped
unassembled, they handle files, books—you name it!
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey*, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Welded Executive Bookcases – Refined, polished look. Sliding tempered safety glass
doors protect materials from dust, while a safety lock prevents unauthorized access.
Welded Bookcases
Cat. No.
Optional adjustable book
stops support materials
when shelves are
partially filled.
Smooth clean lines and
adjustable shelves make this
bookcase an office favorite.
* Mobile units
available. Call
factory for pricing.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 85
Bookcases & Case Style Files
Stur-D-Bench with Half-Width Drawer*
Stur-D-Bench with Full-Width Drawer*
- Assembly required.
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
ZWB-6024-HD ♦ 60
ZWB-6030-HD ♦ 60
ZHD24
ZHD30
30
30
D
24
30
H
66
66
Additional Drawers
24
23/4
30
23/4
Wt.
166
179
List
Price
$488.00
505.00
33
35
176.00
181.00
Cat. No.
ZWB-6024-FD ♦ 60
ZWB-6030-FD ♦ 60
ZFD24
ZFD30
60
60
D
24
30
H
66
66
Additional Drawers
24
23/4
30
23/4
Wt.
188
205
List
Price
$470.00
490.00
53
54
203.00
207.00
Bookcases come standard
with one adjustable divider
per shelf.
Growing business? These
bookcases expand by simply
removing an end panel and
attaching another unit.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
Executive Bookcases
Sleek radius edges and
lockable glass doors offer
good looks and security.
B-3000 ♦
B-3001
B-4200 ♦
B-4201
B-6000 ♦
B-6001
B-8400 ♦
B-8401 ♦
No. of Openings
2
2
3
3
5
5
7
7
B-12 ♦
Cat. No.
330GL ♦
330 ♦
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
W
D
H
2
3
4
5
6
2
3
4
B-1 ♦
* Note: Includes particle board top, lower shelf and riser with 60"W x 24"H rear pegboard
included for hanging tools and accessories. Drawers are mounted on fully progressive
steel ball-bearing suspensions, with load capacity of 150 lbs. per drawer.
or 18" Welded Bookcases.
13 1/2" Welded Bookcases
34½ 13½
28
34½ 13½
40
34½ 13½
52
34½ 13½
66
34½ 13½
78
30 13½
29
30 13½
42
30 13½
48
18" Deep Welded Bookcases*
BC18-30
2
36
18
30
BC18-42
3
36
18
43
BC18-52
4
36
18
55
BC18-72
5
36
18
72
BC18-84
6
36
18
84
Extra Shelf
3
B-345 (for 13 1/2" deep bookcases)
343/8 13½
/4
BCS-18 (for 18" deep bookcases)
36 165/16 25/32
Book Supports
BSN6
41/2 1¾
6
BSN9
41/2 1¾
9
B-30 ♦
B-42 ♦
B-53 ♦
B-66 ♦
B-78 ♦
BC30-29
BC30-42
BC30-48
Cat. No.
W
No. of Openings
* Not available for Executive Bookcases
342GL ♦
342 ♦
352GL ♦
352 ♦
GBS-36 ♦
Description
W
D
KD Bookcases- 12" Deep
Starter Unit
38
12
Add-on Unit
38
12
Starter Unit
38
12
Add-on Unit
38
12
Starter Unit
38
12
Add-on Unit
38
12
Starter Unit
38
12
Add-on Unit
38
12
Extra Shelf
36
12
Shelf Divider
10
W
D
Executive Bookcases
30" High
With glass doors and lock
36
15
Without glass doors
36
15
42" High
With glass doors and lock
36
15
Without glass doors
36
15
52" High
With glass doors and lock
36
15
Without glass doors
36
15
Extra Shelves
Wt.
List Price
40
57
70
90
105
33
45
47
$155.00
189.00
239.00
284.00
322.00
174.00
208.00
241.00
47
66
80
107
122
244.00
290.00
331.00
401.00
461.00
7.6
8.3
22.00
21.00
.6
1.1
5.90
7.20
H
Wt.
List Price
30
30
42
42
60
60
84
84
57
45
79
68
119
103
160
138
245.00
226.00
272.00
255.00
393.00
359.00
$505.00
458.00
/8
7.9
31.00
7
1.2
3.20
7
H
Wt.
List Price
30
30
78
60
$513.00
336.00
42
42
105
78
588.00
363.00
52
52
130
95
653.00
414.00
9.9
24.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 85
46 STUR-D-BENCH
BOOKCASES 11
Technical Workstations
Open Style Cabinets
•
•
•
•
•
Open style allows for storage in tight spaces where opening doors is a problem.
Clear visibility and fast access to products.
Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.
Shelves adjust vertically in 2” increments to accommodate for a variety of items.
Raised base keeps materials safe from mops and damaging cleaners.
Storage Cabinet
Wardrobe Cabinet
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light
Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/
Putty and Sand
No. of W D
H
Wt. List Price
Openings
Open Style Storage Cabinets
OS7218
5
36 18 72 107
$356.00
OS7224
5
36 24 72 124
412.00
JO1878SU 5
48 18 78 167
545.00
JO2478SU 5
48 24 78 197
595.00
301 ♦
302 ♦
306 ♦
307 ♦
Extra Shelves
36 18 3/4
36 24 3/4
48 18 15/16
48 24 15/16
8.2
10.5
10.6
14.0
Extra Shelves
36 18 3/4
36 24 3/4
48 18 15/16
48 24 15/16
Extra Shelves
18 18 3/4
18 24 3/4
24 18 15/16
24 24 15/16
Instrument Shelf
8.2
10.5
10.6
14.0
4.0
5.8
3.9
5.2
23.00
31.00
36.00
41.00
14.30
17.00
24.00
28.00
Open Style Counter Height Cabinets
OS4218
3
36 18 42 66
251.00
OS4224
3
36 24 42 85
294.00
JO1842SU 3
48 18 42 108
391.00
JO2442SU 3
48 24 42 118
416.00
301 ♦
302 ♦
306 ♦
307 ♦
Extra Shelves
36 18 3/4
36 24 3/4
48 18 15/16
48 24 15/16
CK18
CK24
CK4824
Caster Kits
36 18 6 11/16 21
36 24 6 11/16 23
48 24 6 11/16 24
8.2
10.5
10.6
14.0
Cat. No.
23.00
31.00
36.00
41.00
Open Style Combination Cabinets
OS7214
7
36 18 72 107
386.00
OS7220
7
36 24 72 124
437.00
JO1878SUC 7
48 18 78 167
584.00
JO2478SUC 7
48 24 78 197
645.00
304 ♦
305 ♦
JPS18
JPS24
W
Technical Workstations with Power Rail & Fixed Legs
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
Standard Work Surface with Power Rail
30
30
124
TW-603030-NE ♦ 60
TW-603034-NE ♦ 60
30
34
127
36
30
130
TW-603630-NE ♦ 60
36
34
134
TW-603634-NE ♦ 60
TW-723030-NE ♦ 72
30
30
137
TW-723034-NE ♦ 72
30
34
140
36
30
157
TW-723630-NE ♦ 72
TW-723634-NE ♦ 72
36
34
161
List
Price
$959.00
966.00
1,054.00
1,061.00
1,029.00
1,036.00
1,130.00
1,137.00
Static Control Work Surface with Power Rail
30
30
124
1,202.00
TW-603030-SE ♦ 60
TW-603034-SE ♦ 60
30
34
127
1,209.00
36
30
130
1,226.00
TW-603630-SE ♦ 60
TW-603634-SE ♦ 60
36
34
134
1,233.00
30
30
137
1,263.00
TW-723030-SE ♦ 72
30
34
140
1,270.00
TW-723034-SE ♦ 72
TW-723630-SE ♦ 72
36
30
157
1,363.00
TW-723634-SE ♦ 72
36
34
161
1,370.00
23.00
31.00
36.00
41.00
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
TWI-60-N ♦
TWI-72-N ♦
60
72
Standard Work Surface
15
18
61
15
18
69
$454.00
517.00
TWI-60-S ♦
TWI-72-S ♦
Static Control Work Surface
60
15
18
61
72
15
18
69
562.00
620.00
Shown with optional instrument shelf.
Standard Work Surface with Power Rail
TWI-60-NE ♦
60
15
18
64
15
18
74
TWI-72-NE ♦
72
644.00
716.00
Static Control Work Surface with Power Rail
TWI-60-SE ♦
60
15
18
64
752.00
TWI-72-SE ♦
72
15
18
74
819.00
Hanging Drawer Units
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
PED-10-30
PED-20-30 ♦
PED-30-30 ♦
Fits 30" Deep Technical Workstation
15
24
9
39
15
24
203/4
66
15
24
203/4
76
$362.00
526.00
614.00
PED-10-36
PED-20-36 ♦
PED-30-36 ♦
Fits 36" Deep Technical Workstation
15
24
9
39
15
24
203/4
66
15
24
203/4
76
366.00
530.00
618.00
103.00
107.00
123.00
National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 85
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70
10 OPEN STYLE CABINETS
QuickShip Color: Sand
- Assembly required.
Open Style Wardrobe Cabinets
OS7114
2
36 18 72 82
326.00
OS7124
2
36 24 72 119
364.00
JO1878SUW 2
48 18 78 155
527.00
JO2478SUW 2
48 24 78 181
569.00
Counter Height
Cabinet
Please Note
Standard Colors: Sand,
Accent Blue
Cat. No.
301 ♦
302 ♦
306 ♦
307 ♦
Combination Cabinet
Technical Workstations are easily configured to meet any technical application. Heavy
duty work surfaces and optional static-control surfaces are designed to handle the
toughest assignments. Power Rails provide convenient desktop access to power
receptacles. The optional Instrument Shelf is designed to provide more work space
while complementing the design and function of the Technical Workstation.
Additional Hanging Drawer Units allow for convenient storage of small items.
PED-10-XX
(1 Drawer)
PED-20-XX
(2 Drawer)
PED-30-XX
(3 Drawer)
TECHNICAL WORKSTATIONS 47
Specialty Cabinets
Steel Lockers: Single Tier
Single Tier lockers are roomy enough for just about any secured storage application.
Tennsco’s Single Tier lockers are the most popular general purpose locker in factories,
schools, hospitals, and other locations where coats and clothing are stored.
Specialty Cabinets combine alternative storage elements together to create unique cabinets
to fit your ever changing needs You will enjoy all of the standard features of our cabinets
including adjustable shelves, reinforced doors, recessed handles, raised bases, and threepoint locking.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
Welded 78" High Storage Cabinet with Bin Boxes
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty,
Sand
78" High Storage Cabinet
with Bin Boxes
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
ASSEMBLED
Unit
Wt.
Unit
Price
STS-121260-1
52
$338.00
STS-121560-1
STS-121560-3
STS-121860-1
STS-121860-3
STS-151560-1
STS-151560-3
STS-151860-1
STS-151860-3
STS-121272-1
STS-121272-3
STS-121572-1 ♦
STS-121572-3 ♦
STS-121872-1 ♦
STS-121872-3 ♦
STS-151572-1 ♦
STS-151572-3 ♦
STS-151872-1 ♦
STS-151872-3 ♦
STS-182172-1
STS-182172-2
55
140
59
150
55
140
60
150
61
156
65
164
69
173
70
179
76
196
92
161
351.00
803.00
363.00
861.00
351.00
803.00
378.00
910.00
359.00
831.00
373.00
844.00
384.00
879.00
409.00
974.00
414.00
970.00
488.00
909.00
STS-242472-1
113
574.00
STS-121260-A
50
325.00
STS-121560-A
STS-121560-C
STS-121860-A
STS-121860-C
STS-151560-A
STS-151560-C
STS-151860-A
STS-151860-C
STS-121272-A
STS-121272-C
STS-121572-A
STS-121572-C
STS-121872-A ♦
STS-121872-C ♦
STS-151572-A
STS-151572-C
STS-151872-A
STS-151872-C
STS-182172-A
STS-182172-B
53
135
57
145
53
135
55
145
59
147
64
159
68
169
73
182
76
191
86
151
338.00
779.00
350.00
832.00
354.00
821.00
367.00
881.00
344.00
802.00
358.00
823.00
367.00
846.00
398.00
961.00
398.00
949.00
475.00
834.00
STS-242472-A
107
542.00
Cat. No.
UNASSEMBLED
Unit
Wt.
With Legs
STK-121260-1 ♦
51
STK-121260-3 ♦ 130
STK-121560-1 ♦
54
STK-121560-3 ♦ 137
STK-121860-1 ♦
58
STK-121860-3 ♦ 147
Unit
Price
Openings
$291.00
665.00
307.00
701.00
316.00
738.00
STK-121272-1 ♦
STK-121272-3 ♦
STK-121572-1 ♦
STK-121572-3 ♦
STK-121872-1 ♦
STK-121872-3 ♦
STK-151572-1
STK-151572-3
STK-151872-1 ♦
STK-151872-3 ♦
STK-182172-1
60
153
63
161
68
170
69
176
74
192
90
287.00
701.00
297.00
726.00
311.00
746.00
329.00
823.00
329.00
823.00
461.00
STK-182172-3
277
971.00
Without Legs
STK-121260-A
49
STK-121260-C
125
STK-121560-A
52
STK-121560-C
133
STK-121860-A
56
STK-121860-C
142
STK-151560-A
52
294.00
654.00
303.00
699.00
314.00
732.00
316.00
STK-151860-A
STK-151860-C
STK-121272-A
STK-121272-C
STK-121572-A
STK-121572-C
STK-121872-A
STK-121872-C
54
142
58
145
62
156
66
166
324.00
761.00
284.00
691.00
294.00
717.00
304.00
736.00
STK-151872-A
STK-151872-C
STK-182172-A
75
187
84
326.00
822.00
454.00
STK-182172-C
272
963.00
Opening
W D H
Overall Unit
W D H
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
2
3
1
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
24
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
21
21
21
24
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
18
36
54
24
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
21
21
21
24
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
2
3
1
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
24
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
21
21
21
24
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
18
36
54
24
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
21
21
21
24
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
Bin Rails W D
H
Wt. List Price
Included
Cabinet with Solid Doors
8
36 18 78 216
$885.00
7818BC
7824BC
8
36 24 78 240
917.00
CBR-36
Additional Bin Rails
36 1/2 11/2 2.0
72" High Laptop
Charging Station
10.00
Welded Laptop Charging Stations
Cat. No.
No. of W D
H
Wt.
List Price
Openings
42"H Cabinet with 16 Charging Stations
17 36 24 42
97
$988.00
4224-CMP
4224-CMPM (mobile) 17 36 24 483/4
118
1,082.00
72"H Cabinet with 32 Charging Stations
33 36 24 72
282
1,852.00
7224-CMP
303
1,946.00
7224-CMPM (mobile) 33 36 24 783/4
72" High Perforated
Storage Cabinet
Welded Cabinet with Perforated Doors
Cat. No.
No. of W D
H
Wt. List Price
Openings
Standard Cabinets with Perforated Doors
5
36 18 72 125 $461.00
7218-PD
7224-PD
5
36 24 72 142
530.00
Janitorial
Cabinet
Jumbo Cabinets with Perforated Doors
J1878SU-PD 5
48 18 78 201
817.00
J2478SU-PD 5
48 24 78 231
874.00
Welded 64" High Janitorial Cabinet
Cat. No.
No. of W
Openings
36
JAN6618DH 4
D
H
Wt.
List Price
18
64
99
$475.00
Welded Military Cabinet
Cat. No.
No. of W D
H
Wt. List Price
Openings
Military Cabinet With Standard Handle
TA-50
2
42 24 78 290 $1,128.00
Military
Cabinet
Military Cabinet With Heavy-Duty Handle
TA-50HH
2
42 24 78 295 1,257.00
TA-50ES
Extra Shelves
42 24
20
88.00
Welded Single Door Cabinet
Cat. No.
1824
309
No. of W D
H
Wt.
Openings
Single Door Cabinet
2
19 24 30 53
Extra Shelves
19 24 3/4
5.9
Single Door
Cabinet
List Price
$299.00
23.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up
Locker Accessories are located on page 54.
48 STEEL LOCKERS
SPECIALTY CABINETS 9
Steel Lockers: Double Tier
Specialty Cabinets
Specialty Cabinets combine alternative storage elements together to create unique cabinets
to fit your ever changing needs You will enjoy all of the standard features of our cabinets
including adjustable shelves, reinforced doors, recessed handles, raised bases, and threepoint locking.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Double Tiered lockers feature two openings per locker, giving you twice as many lockers
in the same space, yet providing plenty of hanging room for shirts and jackets. Perfect
for the gym or health club.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
Cat. No.
Bookcase/Storage Cabinet
BCD18-72
Cat. No.
BCD18-72 ♦
DWR-4218* ♦
DWR-6618* ♦
DWR-7218-2
301 ♦
302 ♦
Storage Cabinet
w/ Lateral Drawer
DWR-6618
No. of Openings
W
H
Wt.
Welded Combination Bookcase/Storage Cabinet
5
36
18
72
122
Welded Storage Cabinets with Lateral Drawer(s)
2
36
18
42
94
4
36
18
66
135
3
36
18
72
150
Extra Shelves
3
36
18
/4
8.2
3
36
24
/4
10.5
Cat. No.
No. of W D
H
Wt. List Price
Openings
Welded 60" High Storage Cabinets
6018DH
5
36 18 60 107
$456.00
6024DH
5
36 24 60 126
505.00
301 ♦
302 ♦
D
Storage Cabinet w/ Lateral Drawer
DWR-4218
Extra Shelves
36 18 3/4
36 24 3/4
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
* Lateral drawers ship standard with file rods for
side-to-side filing applications.
For front-to-back filing, drawers will accommodate
two rows of letter-sized files only. This requires
one pair of 15CRs (see pg. 15) per drawer sold separately.
National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70
List Price
$471.00
542.00
649.00
1,015.00
23.00
31.00
Cat. No.
No. of W D
H
Wt. List Price
Openings
Welded 66" High Storage Cabinets
6618DH
5
36 18 66 120
$484.00
6624DH
5
36 24 66 136
549.00
301 ♦
302 ♦
6620DH
304 ♦
305 ♦
60" High Storage Cabinet
Extra Shelves
36 18 3/4
36 24 3/4
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
Welded Combination Cabinet
6
36 24 66 135
568.00
Extra Shelves
18 18 3/4
18 24 3/4
4.0
5.8
14.30
17.00
66" High Storage Cabinet
Caster Kit
Add mobility
to cabinets.
Perfect for areas
where materials
need to be
secured yet
accessible at
different
locations. Adds
6 11/16" to
cabinet height
(Page 4).
Caster Kit is not available for DWR units.
ASSEMBLED
Unit
Wt.
Unit
Price
DTS-121230-1
DTS-121230-3
DTS-121530-1
DTS-121530-3
DTS-121830-1
DTS-121830-3
DTS-151530-1
DTS-151530-3
DTS-151830-1
DTS-151830-3
DTS-121236-1 ♦
DTS-121236-3 ♦
DTS-121536-1 ♦
DTS-121536-3 ♦
DTS-121836-1 ♦
DTS-121836-3 ♦
DTS-151536-1
DTS-151536-3
DTS-151836-1 ♦
DTS-151836-3 ♦
54
134
59
148
64
160
64
160
69
173
63
156
66
164
70
175
75
187
77
196
DTS-121230-A
DTS-121230-C
DTS-121530-A
DTS-121530-C
DTS-121830-A
DTS-121830-C
DTS-151530-A
DTS-151530-C
DTS-151830-A
DTS-151830-C
DTS-121236-A
DTS-121236-C ♦
DTS-121536-A
DTS-121536-C ♦
DTS-121836-A ♦
DTS-121836-C ♦
DTS-151536-A
DTS-151536-C
DTS-151836-A
DTS-151836-C
48
120
52
130
57
145
62
155
67
167
60
153
63
160
68
171
73
183
77
193
Cat. No.
UNASSEMBLED
Unit
Price
Openings
$369.00
907.00
380.00
928.00
388.00
952.00
410.00
1,011.00
414.00
1,035.00
388.00
910.00
401.00
935.00
407.00
955.00
430.00
1,058.00
439.00
1,074.00
Unit
Wt.
With Legs
DTK-121230-1
53
DTK-121230-3
132
DTK-121530-1
58
DTK-121530-3
145
DTK-121830-1
63
DTK-121830-3
157
DTK-151530-1
63
DTK-151530-3
157
DTK-151830-1
68
DTK-151830-3
169
DTK-121236-1 ♦
61
DTK-121236-3 ♦ 153
DTK-121536-1 ♦
65
DTK-121536-3 ♦ 161
DTK-121836-1 ♦
69
DTK-121836-3 ♦ 172
DTK-151536-1
74
DTK-151536-3
184
DTK-151836-1 ♦
75
DTK-151836-3 ♦ 193
Opening
W D H
Overall Unit
W D H
$317.00
746.00
328.00
768.00
330.00
825.00
345.00
857.00
345.00
873.00
312.00
777.00
322.00
805.00
335.00
821.00
343.00
897.00
353.00
874.00
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
355.00
854.00
367.00
892.00
374.00
934.00
394.00
969.00
401.00
1,008.00
372.00
908.00
385.00
918.00
388.00
924.00
417.00
1,033.00
430.00
1,041.00
Without Legs
DTK-121230-A
47
DTK-121230-C
118
DTK-121530-A
51
DTK-121530-C
128
DTK-121830-A
56
DTK-121830-C
142
DTK-151530-A
61
DTK-151530-C
152
DTK-151830-A
66
DTK-151830-C
164
DTK-121236-A
59
DTK-121236-C
150
DTK-121536-A
62
DTK-121536-C
158
DTK-121836-A
66
DTK-121836-C
168
DTK-151536-A
72
DTK-151536-C
180
DTK-151836-A
76
DTK-151836-C
189
312.00
742.00
324.00
761.00
329.00
819.00
325.00
843.00
344.00
826.00
308.00
764.00
320.00
797.00
333.00
814.00
338.00
849.00
350.00
885.00
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
2
6
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up
Locker Accessories are located on page 54.
8 STORAGE CABINETS
STEEL LOCKERS 49
C-Thru Storage Cabinets
Steel Lockers: Box Lockers
Box Lockers are ideal for securely storing smaller items like purses, lunches, books and
athletic gear. The efficient five and six tier configurations give schools, clubs, and
hospitals the necessary storage capabilities without taking up valuable floor space.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
•
•
•
•
Clear acrylic door panels offer visibility to stored contents.
Three point locking mechanism for maximum security.
Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.
Raised base keeps materials out of harm’s way.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty
and Sand
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light
Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/
Putty and Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
Combination Cabinet
Cat. No.
ASSEMBLED
Unit
Wt.
Unit
Price
BS5-121212-1
BS5-121212-3
BS5-121512-1 ♦
BS5-121512-3 ♦
BS5-121812-1 ♦
BS5-121812-3 ♦
BS5-151512-1
BS5-151512-3
BS5-151812-1
BS5-151812-3
52
131
56
141
61
152
64
161
67
167
$359.00
709.00
378.00
792.00
390.00
830.00
423.00
926.00
437.00
975.00
BS5-121212-A
BS5-121212-C
BS5-121512-A
BS5-121512-C
BS5-121812-A
BS5-121812-C
BS5-151512-A
BS5-151512-C
BS5-151812-A
BS5-151812-C
50
126
54
136
59
147
62
156
65
162
351.00
723.00
367.00
741.00
371.00
792.00
444.00
913.00
429.00
947.00
BS6-121212-1 ♦
BS6-121212-3 ♦
BS6-121512-1 ♦
BS6-121512-3 ♦
BS6-121812-1 ♦
BS6-121812-3 ♦
BS6-151512-1
BS6-151512-3
BS6-151812-1
BS6-151812-3
61
154
66
167
71
180
76
190
79
198
396.00
922.00
415.00
1,010.00
425.00
1,071.00
466.00
1,174.00
481.00
1,207.00
BS6-121212-A ♦
BS6-121212-C ♦
BS6-121512-A
BS6-121512-C
BS6-121812-A ♦
BS6-121812-C ♦
BS6-151512-A
BS6-151512-C
BS6-151812-A
BS6-151812-C
59
149
64
161
69
175
74
185
79
198
385.00
874.00
403.00
975.00
399.00
1,053.00
466.00
1,143.00
478.00
1,181.00
Cat. No.
UNASSEMBLED
Unit
Unit
Wt.
Price
5 Tier High With Legs
BK5-121212-1
51
$288.00
BK5-121212-3
129
675.00
BK5-121512-1 ♦
55
302.00
BK5-121512-3 ♦ 138
704.00
BK5-121812-1 ♦
60
308.00
BK5-121812-3 ♦ 149
728.00
BK5-151512-1
63
341.00
BK5-151512-3
159
821.00
BK5-151812-1
65
344.00
BK5-151812-3
164
844.00
5 Tier High Without Legs
BK5-121212-A
49
281.00
BK5-121212-C
124
673.00
BK5-121512-A
53
295.00
BK5-121512-C
134
696.00
BK5-121812-A
58
305.00
BK5-121812-C
144
719.00
BK5-151512-A
61
337.00
BK5-151512-C
154
811.00
BK5-151812-A
63
339.00
BK5-151812-C
159
832.00
6 Tier High With Legs
BK6-121212-1 ♦
60
307.00
BK6-121212-3 ♦ 151
764.00
BK6-121512-1 ♦
65
321.00
BK6-121512-3 ♦ 164
796.00
BK6-121812-1 ♦
70
338.00
BK6-121812-3 ♦ 177
825.00
BK6-151512-1
75
361.00
BK6-151512-3
187
931.00
BK6-151812-1
78
375.00
BK6-151812-3
194
952.00
6 Tier High Without Legs
BK6-121212-A
58
301.00
BK6-121212-C
146
756.00
BK6-121512-A
63
316.00
BK6-121512-C
158
785.00
BK6-121812-A
67
332.00
BK6-121812-C
172
815.00
BK6-151512-A
73
360.00
BK6-151512-C
182
920.00
BK6-151812-A
78
371.00
BK6-151812-C
194
941.00
Openings
Opening
W D H
Overall Unit
W D H
5
15
5
15
5
15
5
15
5
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
5
15
5
15
5
15
5
15
5
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
6
18
6
18
6
18
6
18
6
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
6
18
6
18
6
18
6
18
6
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
36
12
36
12
36
15
45
15
45
12
12
15
15
18
18
15
15
18
18
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
Cat. No.
CVD1470
CVD1480
CVD7218
CVD7224
CVD1870
CVD2470
CVD7818
CVD7824
Wardrobe Cabinet
Grade
No. of Openings
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
301 ♦
302 ♦
Storage Cabinet
CVD1471
CVD7114
CVD1871
CVD2471
CVD7818W
CVD7824W
Standard
Standard
Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
301 ♦
302 ♦
CVD1472
CVD7214
CVD7220
CVD1872
CVD2472
CVD7814
CVD7820
*
“KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU”
indicates welded, set-up unit.
‡
Counter top extends ½" past front of unit.
National Motor Freight classification: Set Up Class
125, KD Class 70
Standard
Standard
Standard
Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
Deluxe
304 ♦
305 ♦
CVD1442
CVD4218
CVD1842‡
CVD2442‡
301 ♦
302 ♦
Standard
Standard
Deluxe
Deluxe
2
2
2
2
2
2
W
D
Storage Cabinets
36
18
36
24
36
18
36
24
36
18
36
24
36
18
36
24
Extra Shelves
36
18
36
24
Counter Height Cabinet
H
Type*
Wt.
List Price
72
72
72
72
78
78
78
78
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
113
136
136
153
154
183
162
194
$501.00
571.00
546.00
615.00
624.00
674.00
701.00
756.00
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
99
111
140
155
140
164
463.00
521.00
569.00
606.00
655.00
696.00
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
112
132
155
152
181
160
192
520.00
575.00
671.00
641.00
693.00
732.00
799.00
4
5.8
14.30
17.00
69
82
90
103
352.00
411.00
431.00
460.00
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
¾
¾
Wardrobe Cabinets
36
18
72
36
18
72
36
18
78
36
24
78
36
18
78
36
24
78
Extra Shelves
36
18
¾
36
24
¾
Combination Cabinets
7
36
18
72
7
36
18
72
7
36
24
72
7
36
18
78
7
36
24
78
7
36
18
78
7
36
24
78
Extra Shelves
18
18
¾
18
24
¾
Counter Height Cabinets
3
36
18
42
3
36
24
42
3
36
18
42
3
36
24
42
Extra Shelves
36
18
¾
36
24
¾
KD
WSU
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
KD
WSU
WSU
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
KD
WSU
KD
KD
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up
Locker Accessories are located on page 54.
50 STEEL LOCKERS
STORAGE CABINETS 7
Steel Lockers: 16-Person, 15-Person
& Wall Mounted Lockers
Jumbo Storage Cabinets
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
48” wide cabinet provides 33% more storage space.
Industrial box formed shelves have a 400 lb. load capacity.
Integrated levelers compensate for uneven floors.
Three point door locking mechanism for maximum security.
Reinforced doors provide strength and durability.
Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.
Heavy duty leaf hinges assure doors stay aligned.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty,
Sand
Box Lockers are ideal for securely storing smaller items like purses, lunches, books and
athletic gear. The efficient five and six tier configurations give schools, clubs, and
hospitals the necessary storage capabilities without taking up valuable floor space.
QuickShip Colors: Black, Light
Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/
Putty, Sand
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
16-Person
Locker With Legs
Storage Cabinet
3-Person
Wall Mounted
Double Handles
Two brushed chrome handles,
with one that locks both doors,
makes opening and closing of
the doors easy.
Storage Cabinet
with Sliding Door
Caster Kit
Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect
for areas where materials need
to be secured yet accessible at
different locations. Adds 6 11/16”
to cabinet height.
Cat. No. Openings W D
Wardrobe Cabinet
Sliding Door adds 3 ½" to cabinet depth.
Combination Cabinet
*
“KD” indicates unassembled unit;
“SU” indicates preassembled unit.
National Motor Freight classification:
Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70
H
Type*
4-Person
Wall Mounted
Wt. List Price
Jumbo Storage Cabinets
J1842A
3 48 18 42 KD 113
$480.00
J1878A-N ♦ 5 48 18 78 KD 180
635.00
J2478A-N ♦ 5 48 24 78 KD 208
687.00
J1830SU
2 48 18 30 SU 103
507.00
J1842SU ♦ 3 48 18 42 SU 121
569.00
J1878SU ♦ 5 48 18 78 SU 203
796.00
J2478SU ♦ 5 48 24 78 SU 233
853.00
Jumbo Storage Cabinets with Sliding Door
JSD1878SU ♦ 5 48 211/4 78 SU 228 $1,058.00
JSD2478SU ♦ 5 48 271/4 78 SU 258 $1,175.00
Extra Shelves
306 ♦
48 18 15/16
10.6
36.00
307 ♦
48 24 15/16
14
41.00
Jumbo Wardrobe Cabinets
J1878A-N-W ♦ 2 48 18 78 KD 173
563.00
J2478A-N-W ♦ 2 48 24 78 KD 199
741.00
761.00
J1878SUW ♦ 2 48 18 78 SU 191
J2478SUW ♦ 2 48 24 78 SU 217
782.00
Extra Shelves
306 ♦
48 18 15/16
10.6
36.00
307 ♦
48 24 15/16
14
41.00
Jumbo Combination Cabinets
J1878C-N 7 48 18 78 KD 193
626.00
J2478C-N 7 48 24 78 KD 213
692.00
Extra Shelves
JPS18 ♦
24 18 15/16
3.9
24.00
JPS24 ♦
24 24 15/16
5.2
28.00
Caster Kit for 24" Deep Jumbo Cabinets
CK-4824 ♦
48 24 611/16
24
123.00
Pad Lock Hasp
1.0
6.30
HSP
3, 4, 15 & 16-Person Box Lockers
Assembled/Unassembled
Assembled*
Assembled*
Assembled*
Assembled*
Unassembled
Assembled*
Unassembled
Cat. No.
Opening
Overall Unit
W D H
W D H
3-Person Wall Mounted Box Lockers
BS1-121812-3 ♦
3
12 18 12 36 18 12
4-Person Wall Mounted Box Lockers
BS1-121812-4 ♦
4
12 18 12 48 18 12
15-Person Box Lockers With Legs
SRS-601878-1 ♦
15
12 18 12 60 18 78
16-Person Box Lockers With Legs
SRS-721878-1 ♦
16
12 18 12 72 18 78
SRK-721878-1 ♦
16
12 18 12 72 18 78
16-Person Box Lockers Without Legs
SRS-721872-A ♦
16
12 18 12 72 18 72
SRK-721872-A
16
12 18 12 72 18 72
* Center section and coat rod to be attached in field.
6 STORAGE CABINETS
Openings
Wt.
List Price
43
$398.00
55
425.00
182
1,200.00
190
187
1,252.00
938.00
184
181
1,238.00
944.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 70 KD; 100 Set up
Locker Accessories are located on page 54.
STEEL LOCKERS 51
Steel Lockers: Ventilated Steel Lockers
Ventilated Steel Lockers feature three-sided locker ventilation, which offers continuous
airflow to help prevent odor causing bacteria. The specially designed diamond-shaped
ventilation slots allow clear visibility to locker interior making it easy to identify
contents. Ventilated Lockers also offer all welded construction, smooth operating
latching mechanism and are available with and without legs.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
Standard Storage Cabinets
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Reinforced doors provide strength & durability.
Built-in shelf support tabs secure shelves tightly without clips or added parts.
Heavy duty leaf hinges assure doors stay aligned.
Raised base keeps materials out of harm’s way.
Three point locking mechanism for maximum security.
Meets ANSI BIFMA test standards.
Full-width shelf capacity-18” holds 150 lbs. and 24” holds 200 lbs. evenly distributed.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty,
Sand
QuickShip Colors: Black*, Light
Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/
Putty, Sand
* Not available for RH Cabinets.
Storage Cabinet
Standard Handle
Polished chrome handle with
lock activates the cabinet’s
three-point locking system.
Ventilated Steel Lockers
- No assembly required.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
Single Tier Ventilated Lockers With Legs
VSL-121872-1 ♦
12
18
78
88 $496.00
VSL-121872-3 ♦
36
18
78
219 1,156.00
VSL-151872-1
15
18
78
93
526.00
VSL-151872-3
45
18
78
233 1,265.00
VSL-181872-1
18
18
78
98
602.00
VSL-181872-2
36
18
78
245 1,073.00
Single Tier Ventilated Lockers Without Legs
VSL-121872-A
12
18
72
86
485.00
VSL-121872-C
36
18
72
214 1,131.00
VSL-151872-A
15
18
72
91
515.00
VSL-151872-C
45
18
72
228 1,240.00
VSL-181872-A
18
18
72
96
596.00
VSL-181872-B
36
18
72
241 1,067.00
Double Tier Ventilated Lockers With Legs
VDL-121836-1 ♦
12
18
78
88
524.00
VDL-121836-3 ♦
36
18
78
223 1,256.00
VDL-151836-1
15
18
78
93
594.00
VDL-151836-3
45
18
78
233 1,406.00
Double Tier Ventilated Lockers Without Legs
VDL-121836-A ♦
12
18
72
84
520.00
VDL-121836-C
36
18
72
209 1,234.00
VDL-151836-A
15
18
72
88
587.00
VDL-151836-C
45
18
72
223 1,389.00
6-High Box Ventilated Lockers With Legs
VBL6-1218-1 ♦
12
18
78
104
606.00
VBL6-1218-3 ♦
36
18
78
274 1,448.00
6-High Box Ventilated Lockers Without Legs
VBL6-1218-A
12
18
78
102
595.00
VBL6-1218-C
36
18
78
269 1,423.00
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
Locker Accessories are located on page 54.
52 STEEL LOCKERS
Recessed Handle
Optional recessed handle
for Standard Storage Cabinets
offers easy access without
obstructions protruding into
narrow aisle ways.
Caster Kit
Combination Cabinet
Wardrobe Cabinet
Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect
for areas where materials need
to be secured yet accessible at
different locations. Adds 6 11/16"
to cabinet height.
Cat. No.* Openings W D
1470 ♦
1470RH ♦
1480 ♦
1480RH ♦
7218 ♦
7218RH
7224 ♦
7224RH
301 ♦
302 ♦
1471 ♦
7114 ♦
301 ♦
1472 ♦
1482
7214 ♦
7220 ♦
304 ♦
305 ♦
1442 ‡ ♦
4218 ♦
H
Type**
Wt. List Price
Storage Cabinets
36 18 72 KD
122 $389.00
36 18 72 KD
122 416.00
36 24 72 KD
139 463.00
36 24 72 KD
139 486.00
36 18 72 WSU 126 441.00
36 18 72 WSU 126 461.00
36 24 72 WSU 143 510.00
36 24 72 WSU 143 530.00
Extra Shelves
36 18 ¾
8.2
23.00
36 24 ¾
10.5
31.00
Wardrobe Cabinets
2 36 18 72 KD
100 358.00
2 36 18 72 WSU 107 416.00
Extra Shelves
36 18 ¾
8.2
23.00
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Combination Cabinets
7 36 18 72 KD
123
7 36 24 72 KD
149
7 36 18 72 WSU 125
7 36 24 72 WSU 143
Extra Shelves
18 18 ¾
4
18 24 ¾
5.8
Counter Height Cabinets
3 36 18 42 KD
74
3 36 18 42 WSU 79
Extra Shelves
36 18 ¾
8.2
14.30
17.00
272.00
331.00
301 ♦
** “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU”
indicates welded, set-up unit; “SU” indicates
preassembled unit.
Desk Height Cabinets
1430 ‡ ♦
2 36 18 30 KD
51
230.00
3018 ‡ ♦
2 36 18 30 WSU 58
297.00
Extra Shelves
301 ♦
36 18 ¾
8.2
23.00
Caster Kit for Storage Cabinets
CK18 ♦
36 18 6 11/16
21
103.00
CK24 ♦
36 24 6 11/16
23
107.00
National Motor Freight classification:
Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70
Counter Height Cabinet
416.00
466.00
470.00
566.00
* “RH” suffix indicates recessed handle.
‡ Countertop extends ½" past front of unit.
Desk Height Cabinet
23.00
STORAGE CABINETS 5
Deluxe Storage Cabinets
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Steel Lockers: C-Thru Lockers
Heavy-duty 16 gauge door frame for added durability.
Knuckle hinges provide added strength and security.
Integrated levelers compensate for uneven floors.
Louvered back panel provides cabinet ventilation.
Three point door locking mechanism for added security.
Meets ANSI BIFMA test standards.
Full-width shelf capacity-18” holds 150 lbs. and 24” holds 200 lbs. evenly distributed.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Champagne/Putty,
Sand
C-Thru Lockers are the perfect solution for viewing the contents of lockers without violating people's privacy in schools, industrial applications, airports, prisons and more where
concealed belongings need to be scrutinized. Tennsco C-Thru Lockers feature heavy duty
steel construction with visual door panels and vandal-resistant handles for secure storage
of clothing and personal belongings.
Please Note
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
QuickShip Colors: Black*, Light
Grey, Medium Grey, Champagne/
Putty, Sand
* Not available for RH Cabinets.
C-Thru Lockers
Cat. No.
Storage Cabinet
Wardrobe Cabinet
Cat. No.*
Double Handles
Two brushed chrome handles,
with one that locks both doors,
makes opening and closing of
the doors easy.
Recessed Handle
Optional recessed handle
offers easy access without
handles protruding into
narrow aisle ways.
Caster Kit
Add mobility to cabinets. Perfect
for areas where materials need
to be secured yet accessible at
different locations. Adds 6 11/16”
to cabinet height.
1870 ♦
1870RH ♦
2470 ♦
2470RH ♦
7818 ♦
7818RH
7824 ♦
7824RH
Combination Cabinet
No. of Openings
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
301 ♦
302 ♦
1871 ♦
2471 ♦
7818W ♦
7824W ♦
2
2
2
2
301 ♦
302 ♦
1872 ♦
2472 ♦
7814 ♦
7820 ♦
7
7
7
7
304 ♦
305 ♦
1842‡ ♦
2442‡ ♦
4218DLX‡ ♦
4224DLX‡ ♦
* “RH” suffix indicates recessed handle.
** “KD” indicates unassembled unit; “WSU” indicates welded,
set-up unit; “SU” indicates preassembled unit.
‡ Counter top extends ½" past front of unit.
†† Not with use with a recessed handle
National Motor Freight classification:
Set Up Class 125, KD Class 70
301 ♦
302 ♦
CK18 ♦
CK24 ♦
HSP††
4 STORAGE CABINETS
3
3
3
3
W
D
H
Storage Cabinets
36
18
78
36
18
78
36
24
78
36
24
78
36
18
78
36
18
78
36
24
78
36
24
78
Extra Shelves
36
18
¾
36
24
¾
Wardrobe Cabinets
36
18
78
36
24
78
36
18
78
36
24
78
Extra Shelves
36
18
¾
36
24
¾
Combination Cabinets
36
18
78
36
24
78
36
18
78
36
24
78
Extra Shelves
18
18
¾
18
24
¾
Counter Height Cabinet
Type**
Wt.
List Price
KD
KD
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
WSU
WSU
154
154
168
168
157
157
178
175
$504.00
514.00
554.00
564.00
580.00
591.00
636.00
646.00
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
140
155
134
154
449.00
486.00
535.00
576.00
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
152
181
156
178
521.00
573.00
612.00
679.00
4
5.8
14.30
17.00
90
103
90
103
351.00
380.00
447.00
474.00
8.2
10.5
23.00
31.00
21
23
103.00
107.00
1
6.30
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
KD
KD
WSU
WSU
Counter Height Cabinets
36
18
42
KD
36
24
42
KD
36
18
42
SU
36
24
42
SU
Extra Shelves
36
18
¾
36
24
¾
Caster Kit for Storage Cabinets
36
18
6 11/16
36
24
6 11/16
Padlock Hasp††
W
D
H
Wt.
Single Tier C-Thru Lockers With Legs
CSL-121272-1
12
12
78
61
CSL-121272-3
36
12
78
156
CSL-121572-1
12
15
78
65
CSL-121572-3
36
15
78
164
CSL-121872-1
12
18
78
69
CSL-121872-3
36
18
78
173
CSL-151872-1
15
18
78
76
CSL-151872-3
45
18
78
196
Single Tier C-Thru Lockers Without Legs
CSL-121572-C
36
15
72
159
CSL-121872-A
12
18
72
67
CSL-121872-C
36
18
72
168
CSL-151872-A
15
18
72
74
CSL-151872-C
45
18
72
191
Double Tier C-Thru Lockers With Legs
CDL-121236-1
12
12
78
59
CDL-121236-3
36
12
78
151
CDL-121536-1
12
15
78
63
CDL-121536-3
36
15
78
159
CDL-121836-1
12
18
78
67
CDL-121836-3
36
18
78
168
CDL-151836-1
15
18
78
74
CDL-151836-3
45
18
78
191
Double Tier C-Thru Lockers Without Legs
CDL-121236-A
12
12
72
57
CDL-121236-C
36
12
72
146
CDL-121536-C
36
15
72
154
CDL-121836-A
12
18
72
65
CDL-121836-C
36
18
72
163
CDL-151836-C
45
18
72
186
6 High Box C-Thru Lockers With Legs
CBL6-121212-1
12
12
78
53
CBL6-121212-3
36
12
78
131
CBL6-121512-1
12
15
78
58
CBL6-121512-3
36
15
78
145
CBL6-121812-1
12
18
78
63
CBL6-121812-3
36
18
78
157
6 High Box C-Thru Lockers Without Legs
CBL6-121212-A
12
12
72
51
CBL6-121212-C
36
12
72
126
CBL6-121512-A
12
15
72
56
CBL6-121512-C
36
15
72
140
CBL6-121812-A
12
18
72
61
CBL6-121812-C
36
18
72
152
List
Price
$462.00
1,119.00
476.00
1,148.00
488.00
1,181.00
543.00
1,344.00
1,126.00
487.00
1,164.00
521.00
1,305.00
498.00
1,366.00
553.00
1,393.00
560.00
1,361.00
590.00
1,502.00
543.00
1,369.00
1,274.00
544.00
1,387.00
1,487.00
413.00
1,125.00
432.00
1,134.00
445.00
1,171.00
406.00
1,065.00
425.00
1,115.00
438.00
1,144.00
Note: All C-Thru lockers are available without legs. Call Tennsco for pricing.
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
STEEL LOCKERS 53
Table of Contents
Steel Locker Accessories
Locker Benches are available and feature a clear lacquer finish on 1¼" thick laminated
maple top. Combination and Manual Locking options provide security and are
virtually tamper-proof. Number/Name Plates provide order and a clean finished
look Sloping Tops prevent unwanted clutter and are available in one wide and
three wide units. Choose from Front and Closed Locker Bases that provide a flush,
finished appearance.
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
HMLB-36
36
91/2
11/4
HMLB-48
48
91/2
11/4
HMLB-60
60
91/2
11/4
11/4
HMLB-72
72
91/2
HMLB-84
84
91/2
11/4
11/4
HMLB-96
96
91/2
HMLB-108
108
91/2
11/4
HMLB-120
120
91/2
11/4
11/4
HMLB-132
132
91/2
HMLB-144
144
91/2
11/4
LBP-1 ♦
Bench Pedestal (161/4" H)
Please Note
Bookcases
11
Literature Sorters, 30 Drawer Organizers & Card Files
12
Vertical Files
13
QuickShip Colors: Medium Grey,
Sand
Lateral Files
14
Overfiles & Lateral File Accessories
15
Imperial Shelving & Doors To Meet HIPAA Compliance
16
Fixed Shelf Filing Units & Lateral File Units
17
Add-A-Stack Shelving
18
ESP Shelving & Regal Shelving
19
- Assembly required.
Locker Bench
10
16
20
20
28
32
36
40
44
48
7
List
Price
$101.00
135.00
166.00
199.00
232.00
271.00
311.00
345.00
388.00
431.00
54.00
Note: Must order bench pedestal separately.
Use three pedestals for benches 108" to 144".
W
4-10
Standard Colors: Black,
Champagne/Putty, Light Grey,
Medium Grey, Sand
Sloping Tops
- Assembly required.
Cat. No.
Storage Cabinets
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
KST-1212 ♦
KST-1215 ♦
KST-1218 ♦
KST-1518 ♦
KST-1521
KST-1821
KST-2424
Sloping Top - One Wide
12
12
12
15
12
18
15
18
15
21
18
21
24
24
-
3.6
4.3
5
5.5
7.6
7.9
9.1
$44.00
46.00
49.00
52.00
62.00
65.00
110.00
KST-3612 ♦
KST-3615 ♦
KST-3618 ♦
KST-4518 ♦
KST-4521
Sloping Top - Three Wide
36
12
7.7
36
15
9
36
18
10.1
45
18
13.4
45
21
15
61.00
69.00
74.00
83.00
97.00
Z-Line Shelving (Low Profile, Long Span, Record Archive, Stur-D-Stor and Z-Line Components)
20-26
27
Automotive Shelving & Tire Racks
Q-Line Industrial Shelving (Pre-configured Units & Components)
28-31
Q-Line Ledge Units, Door Sets & Foreman’s Desk
32
Tool & Die Rack
33
34-35
Bulk Storage (Uprights & Components)
36
Logic Wire Shelving & Hand Carts
Mobile Workbenches
37-38
Workbenches (Fixed & Adjustable Leg, Electronic & Electronic Modular), Service Carts, Workbench Accessories
39-45
Stur-D-Bench
46
Technical Workstations
47
Steel Lockers (Single, Double, Box Lockers, C-Thru Lockers, Ventilated Lockers, Accessories, Cubbies)
48-55
POLICY AND SERVICES
PRICING: All prices are F.O.B. Tennsco Corp’s Facility in Dickson, Tennessee. All orders are subject to final acceptance at the Home Office, Dickson, Tennessee. Prices subject to change without notice.
Tennsco has the right to make product design changes at any time. Tennsco’s prices do not include sales, use, excise or similar taxes. Consequently, in addition to the prices specified herein, the amount of
any present or future sales, use, excise or similar tax applicable to the manufacture, sale, purchase or use of the goods sold hereunder shall be paid by Buyer. In lieu thereof, Buyer shall provide Seller with
a tax exemption certificate acceptable to the applicable taxing authorities.
Locks
Cat. No.
Description
Wt.
Grooved Key Locks
MAS-1710MK Grooved Key Lock (Dead Bolt) .4
Combination Locks
MAS-1670
MAS-1654
.5
.5
Dead Bolt (Master Keyed)
Spring Bolt (Master Keyed)
Combination Padlocks
MAS-1525
MAS-1502
.5
.5
Combination (Master Keyed)
Combination (No Key)
List
Price
$39.00
47.00
46.00
21.00
14.90
(LNP-A)
(LNP-3)
Number/Name Plates
Cat. No.
LNP-3
LNP-A
W
Plastic
Aluminum
54 STEEL LOCKERS
35/16
27/16
H
Wt.
/16
/4
.1
.1
7
3
List
Price
$2.10
1.50
Locker Bases
Cat. No.
W
D
H
Wt.
List
Price
Front Bases (for use on leg lockers)
FB-12 ♦
12
6
1.2
$6.30
FB-15 ♦
15
6
1.7
7.00
FB-18 ♦
18
6
2
8.40
FB-24
24
6
2.8
14.60
End Bases (for use on leg lockers)
EB-12 ♦
12
6
1.2
10.30
EB-15 ♦
15
6
1.4
10.60
EB-18 ♦
18
6
1.7
10.80
EB-21
21
6
2.4
21.00
EB-24
24
6
2.6
22.00
Closed Locker Bases (for use on no leg lockers)
CLB-1212
12
12
6
7.4
37.00
CLB-1215 ♦
12
15
6
7.3
40.00
CLB-1218 ♦
12
18
6
7.7
41.00
CLB-1518 ♦
15
18
6
8.5
46.00
CLB-1521
15
21
6
11
52.00
3 Wide Locker Bases
CLB-3612
36
12
6
13.1
73.00
CLB-3615
36
15
6
16.3
76.00
CLB-3618 ♦
36
18
6
19.6
74.00
CLB-4512
45
12
6
16.3
81.00
CLB-4515
45
15
6
20.4
85.00
CLB-4518
45
18
6
17
87.00
TERMS OF PAYMENT: Terms are Net 30 Days from date of shipment. A service charge of 1 1/2% per month will be charged for overdue invoices.
MINIMUM ORDERS: Minimum order is $15.00.
SPECIFICATIONS: Tennsco reserves the right to change any product specifications contained in this price list.
FREIGHT CHARGES: All shipments will be made freight collect unless otherwise specified. If freight is prepared, it will be added to the invoice or billed separately, depending on arrangements. On shipments
by parcel post, the postage will be added to the invoice. All routing will be done solely by the Home Office. If purchaser does not accept delivery of merchandise when ready for shipment, storage fees will
be charged to the purchaser.
WEIGHT: Shipping weights shown are approximate.
FREIGHT CLAIMS: Claims for shortages must be made in writing to the Home Office within 15 days from receipt of shipment. Claims for damaged or lost material must be filed with the carrier.
CAUTION: When you give delivering carrier a clear receipt for a shipment in which there is damaged merchandise or a shortage, the carrier is relieved of further responsibility. Claims for damage or shortage
must be filed by you with the delivering carrier. Tennsco will not accept return of merchandise damaged in transit. Your claim is with the delivering carrier.
CANCELLATIONS & RETURNS: Orders for “Special” items are not subject to change or cancellation. No return merchandise will be accepted without written consent of the General Office, Dickson, Tennessee. All returned shipments are subject to a handling charge of 25% plus all transportation charges incurred by Tennsco unless Tennsco is at fault. Once production of “Special” items has begun, cancellation
of order is subject to Tennsco approval. A 15% surcharge will be assessed to approved cancelled items.
LIMITED WARRANTY
Tennsco warrants goods purchased hereunder to be free of defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of shipment, hereunder. Tennsco’s warranty shall not apply in
the event goods are damaged as a result of misuse, abuse, neglect, accident, improper application, modification or repair by persons not authorized by Seller, where goods are damaged during shipment.
UNLESS CONSIDERED UNENFORCEABLE OR UNLAWFUL UNDER APPLICABLE LAW:
a. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OR MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED.
b. BUYERS REMEDY, IF ANY, FOR ANY DEFECTIVE GOODS SHALL BE LIMITED TO A REFUND BY SELLER OR REPLACEMENT OF THE GOODS AT SELLER’S OPTION AND SHALL IN NO EVENT INCLUDE
DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHERWISE.
NO GOODS ACCEPTED FOR RETURN WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. Seller shall have the right to inspect any goods claimed to be defective at Buyer’s place of business or require Buyer to return the goods to
Seller for inspection on Seller’s premises. Transportation charges covering returned goods will be borne by Seller only if such goods are proven to be defective, are covered by this warranty and are returned
within the warranty period stated above.
Steel Lockers: Cubby Lockers
Cubby Lockers are designed for your everyday needs. These units can be used for a
broad variety of applications from supply storage, to books, to childrens lockers.
All-steel construction with a durable powdercoat finish, these cubby lockers provide
long term value.
Available Colors
CC-78
(18 Openings)
Cat. No.
CC-66
(15 Openings)
TENNSCO QUICK-SHIP PROGRAM
CC-30
CC-40
CC-52
CC-66
CC-78
ECS-1
NEED AN ORDER FAST? Look for the ♦ logo throughout the book.
LCH-2
No of.
Openings
6
9
12
15
18
W
D
H
Cubby Lockers
34 1/2 13 1/2 30
34 1/2 13 1/2 40
34 1/2 13 1/2 52
34 1/2 13 1/2 66
34 1/2 13 1/2 78
Extra Shelf
10 12 3/4 3/4
Extra Coat Hook
Wt.
List
Price
56
76
97
120
140
$394.00
502.00
635.00
750.00
860.00
1.6
9.80
0.2
3.10
Many of Tennsco's top items are available to ship in 2 days.
Quick Ship inventory is available in limited quantities and select colors. For larger orders, please contact customer service for availability.
CC-52
(12 Openings)
CC-40
(9 Openings)
CC-30
(6 Openings)
National Motor Freight classification: Class 100
STEEL LOCKERS 55
Mailing Address:
P.O. Box 1888
Dickson, TN 37056-1888
Shipping Address:
201 Tennsco Drive
Dickson, TN 37055
Toll Free Customer Service: (866) 446-8686 • Fax (866) 445-7260
Toll Free Ordering: (866) 864-4796
(615) 446-8000 • (800) 251-8184 • Fax (800) 722-0134
www.tennsco.com • info@tennsco.com
© Tennsco 2014
T1-14

Similar documents